WO2015156314A1 - Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element - Google Patents

Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2015156314A1
WO2015156314A1 PCT/JP2015/060964 JP2015060964W WO2015156314A1 WO 2015156314 A1 WO2015156314 A1 WO 2015156314A1 JP 2015060964 W JP2015060964 W JP 2015060964W WO 2015156314 A1 WO2015156314 A1 WO 2015156314A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
ring
carbon atoms
liquid crystal
side chain
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2015/060964
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
達哉 名木
勇太 川野
喜弘 川月
瑞穂 近藤
Original Assignee
日産化学工業株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日産化学工業株式会社 filed Critical 日産化学工業株式会社
Priority to JP2016512754A priority Critical patent/JP6653648B2/en
Priority to CN201580018851.1A priority patent/CN106232733B/en
Priority to KR1020167029336A priority patent/KR102267878B1/en
Publication of WO2015156314A1 publication Critical patent/WO2015156314A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L33/00Compositions of homopolymers or copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical, or of salts, anhydrides, esters, amides, imides or nitriles thereof; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
    • C08L33/04Homopolymers or copolymers of esters
    • C08L33/06Homopolymers or copolymers of esters of esters containing only carbon, hydrogen and oxygen, which oxygen atoms are present only as part of the carboxyl radical
    • C08L33/10Homopolymers or copolymers of methacrylic acid esters
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/38Polymers
    • C09K19/3833Polymers with mesogenic groups in the side chain
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/16Nitrogen-containing compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L101/00Compositions of unspecified macromolecular compounds
    • C08L101/12Compositions of unspecified macromolecular compounds characterised by physical features, e.g. anisotropy, viscosity or electrical conductivity
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1337Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a liquid crystal aligning agent used in the production of a horizontal electric field drive type liquid crystal display element, a liquid crystal aligning film obtained from the liquid crystal aligning agent, and a liquid crystal display element using the liquid crystal aligning film. More specifically, the present invention relates to a novel composition for producing a liquid crystal display device having excellent image sticking characteristics.
  • the liquid crystal display element is known as a light, thin, and low power consumption display device and has been remarkably developed in recent years.
  • the liquid crystal display element is configured, for example, by sandwiching a liquid crystal layer between a pair of transparent substrates provided with electrodes.
  • an organic film made of an organic material is used as the liquid crystal alignment film so that the liquid crystal is in a desired alignment state between the substrates.
  • the liquid crystal alignment film is a component of the liquid crystal display element, and is formed on the surface of the substrate that holds the liquid crystal in contact with the liquid crystal, and plays a role of aligning the liquid crystal in a certain direction between the substrates.
  • the liquid crystal alignment film may be required to play a role of controlling the pretilt angle of the liquid crystal in addition to the role of aligning the liquid crystal in a certain direction such as a direction parallel to the substrate.
  • alignment control ability is given by performing an alignment treatment on the organic film constituting the liquid crystal alignment film.
  • the rubbing method is a method of rubbing (rubbing) the surface of an organic film such as polyvinyl alcohol, polyamide or polyimide on a substrate with a cloth such as cotton, nylon or polyester in the rubbing direction (rubbing direction).
  • This is a method of aligning liquid crystals. Since this rubbing method can easily realize a relatively stable alignment state of liquid crystals, it has been used in the manufacturing process of conventional liquid crystal display elements.
  • an organic film used for the liquid crystal alignment film a polyimide-based organic film excellent in reliability such as heat resistance and electrical characteristics has been mainly selected.
  • Anisotropy is formed in the organic film constituting the liquid crystal alignment film by linearly polarized light or collimated light, and the liquid crystal is aligned according to the anisotropy.
  • a decomposition type photo-alignment method is known as a main photo-alignment method.
  • a polyimide film is irradiated with polarized ultraviolet rays, and anisotropic decomposition is caused by utilizing the polarization direction dependency of ultraviolet absorption of the molecular structure. Then, the liquid crystal is aligned by the polyimide remaining without being decomposed (see, for example, Patent Document 1).
  • photo-crosslinking type and photoisomerization type photo-alignment methods are also known.
  • the photo-crosslinking type photo-alignment method for example, polyvinyl cinnamate is used and irradiated with polarized ultraviolet rays to cause a dimerization reaction (cross-linking reaction) at double bond portions of two side chains parallel to the polarized light. Then, the liquid crystal is aligned in a direction orthogonal to the polarization direction (see, for example, Non-Patent Document 1).
  • the liquid crystal alignment film alignment treatment method by the photo alignment method does not require rubbing, and there is no fear of generation of dust or static electricity.
  • An alignment process can be performed even on a substrate of a liquid crystal display element having an uneven surface, which is a method for aligning a liquid crystal alignment film suitable for an industrial production process.
  • the photo-alignment method has a great advantage because the rubbing process itself is not necessary as compared with the rubbing method that has been industrially used as an alignment treatment method for liquid crystal display elements. And compared with the rubbing method in which the alignment control ability becomes almost constant by rubbing, the photo alignment method can control the alignment control ability by changing the irradiation amount of polarized light. However, the photo-alignment method may require a large amount of polarized light irradiation to achieve the same degree of alignment control ability as the rubbing method, and stable liquid crystal alignment cannot be realized. There is.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide a liquid crystal alignment agent used in the production of a liquid crystal display element, a liquid crystal alignment film obtained from the liquid crystal alignment agent, and a liquid crystal display element using the liquid crystal alignment film.
  • the component (A) preferably has a photosensitive side chain that causes photocrosslinking, photoisomerization, or photofleece transition.
  • a compound having 2 to 6 nitrogen atoms in one molecule to which at least one hydroxyalkyl group of the component (B) is bonded is represented by the following formula (b): It should be a thing.
  • R 1 is an n-valent organic group
  • L 1 represents an alkylene or N-X 1 of a single bond, 1 to 10 carbon atoms
  • X 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group and, X 1 is form an alkylene and together with another X 1
  • a ring structure may be formed by bonding to R 1
  • L 2 represents a single bond or alkylene having 1 to 10 carbon atoms
  • L 3 represents a single bond
  • L 4 represents a single bond or alkylene having 1 to 10 carbon atoms
  • L 5 represents a single bond or carbonyl
  • L 6 and L 7 each independently represent a linear or branched alkylene having 2 to 20 carbon atoms
  • R 2 to R 5 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group, or a hydrocarbon group substituted with a hydroxy group.
  • L 6 and L 7 in the formula (b) may both represent ethylene.
  • R 1 or L 1 in formula (b) the atom directly bonded to the carbonyl group in formula (b) does not form an aromatic ring It should be a carbon atom.
  • R 1 in the formula (b) is preferably represented by the following structure.
  • the component (A) has any one photosensitive side chain selected from the group consisting of the following formulas (1) to (6). Good.
  • A, B, and D are each independently a single bond, —O—, —CH 2 —, —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NH—CO—, —CH ⁇ CH—CO—.
  • S is an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and the hydrogen atom bonded thereto may be replaced by a halogen group;
  • T is a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and a hydrogen atom bonded thereto may be replaced with a halogen group;
  • Y 1 represents a ring selected from a monovalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring and alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, or the same or selected from those substituents.
  • R 0 is a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 5 represents an alkyl group
  • R 0 is a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 5 represents an alkyl group
  • Y 2 is a group selected from the group consisting of a divalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring, alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, and combinations thereof
  • the hydrogen atom bonded to each independently represents —NO 2 , —CN, —CH ⁇ C (CN) 2 , —CH ⁇ CH—CN, a
  • R May be substituted with an alkyloxy group of R represents a hydroxy group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or the same definition as Y 1 ;
  • X is a single bond, —COO—, —OCO—, —N ⁇ N—, —CH ⁇ CH—, —C ⁇ C—, —CH ⁇ CH—CO—O—, or —O—CO—CH ⁇ .
  • X may be the same or different;
  • Cou represents a coumarin-6-yl group or a coumarin-7-yl group, and the hydrogen atoms bonded thereto are independently —NO 2 , —CN, —CH ⁇ C (CN) 2 , —CH ⁇ CH— May be substituted with CN, a halogen group, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkyloxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms; one of q1 and q2 is 1 and the other is 0; q3 is 0 or 1; P and Q are each independently selected from the group consisting of a divalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring, alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, and combinations thereof.
  • P or Q on the side to which —CH ⁇ CH— is bonded is an aromatic ring;
  • the Ps may be the same or different, and when the number of Q is 2 or more, the Qs may be the same or different;
  • l1 is 0 or 1;
  • l2 is an integer from 0 to 2; when l1 and l2 are both 0,
  • A represents a single bond when T is a single bond; when l1 is 1, B represents a single bond when T is a single bond;
  • H and I are each independently a group selected from a divalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring, and combinations thereof.
  • the component (A) has any one photosensitive side chain selected from the group consisting of the following formulas (7) to (10): Good.
  • the component (A) has any one photosensitive side chain selected from the group consisting of the following formulas (11) to (13): Good.
  • A, X, l, m, m1 and R have the same definition as above.
  • the component (A) preferably has a photosensitive side chain represented by the following formula (14) or (15).
  • A, Y 1 , l, m1 and m2 have the same definition as above.
  • the component (A) preferably has a photosensitive side chain represented by the following formula (16) or (17).
  • A, X, l and m have the same definition as above.
  • the component (A) preferably has a photosensitive side chain represented by the following formula (18) or (19).
  • A, B, Y 1 , q1, q2, m1, and m2 have the same definition as above.
  • the component (A) preferably has a photosensitive side chain represented by the following formula (20).
  • A, Y 1 , X, l and m have the same definition as above.
  • the component (A) has any one liquid crystalline side chain selected from the group consisting of the following formulas (21) to (31): Good.
  • a and B have the same definition as above;
  • Y 3 is a group selected from the group consisting of a monovalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, nitrogen-containing heterocycle, alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, and combinations thereof.
  • each hydrogen atom bonded thereto may be independently substituted with —NO 2 , —CN, a halogen group, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkyloxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms;
  • R 3 is a hydrogen atom, —NO 2 , —CN, —CH ⁇ C (CN) 2 , —CH ⁇ CH—CN, halogen group, monovalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, nitrogen-containing Represents a heterocyclic ring, an alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms; one of q1 and q2 is 1 and the other is 0; l represents an integer of 1 to 12, m represents an integer of 0 to 2, provided that in formulas (23) to (24), the sum of all m is 2 or more,
  • ⁇ 20> a step of preparing a substrate (first substrate) of ⁇ 18>above; [I ′] on a second substrate (A) a photosensitive side chain polymer that exhibits liquid crystallinity in a predetermined temperature range; (B) A step of applying a polymer composition containing 2 to 6 nitrogen atoms bonded to at least one hydroxyalkyl group in one molecule and (C) an organic solvent to form a coating film ; [II ′] a step of irradiating the coating film obtained in [I ′] with polarized ultraviolet rays; and [III ′] a step of heating the coating film obtained in [II ′]; Obtaining a liquid crystal alignment film imparted with alignment control ability by having a second substrate having the liquid crystal alignment film; and [IV] liquid crystal alignment films of the first and second substrates via liquid crystal
  • the liquid crystal display element is obtained by disposing the first and second substrates so as to face each other;
  • a substrate having a liquid crystal alignment film for a horizontal electric field drive type liquid crystal display element which is provided with high efficiency and orientation control ability and has excellent image sticking characteristics
  • a horizontal electric field drive type liquid crystal display element having the substrate can do.
  • INDUSTRIAL APPLICABILITY The present invention can provide a liquid crystal alignment film that is less likely to be deteriorated by thermal stress over a long period of time, and a method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element that exhibits stable and high display quality even in a high temperature environment. Suitable for display elements. Since the lateral electric field drive type liquid crystal display device manufactured by the method of the present invention is provided with the alignment control ability with high efficiency, the display characteristics are not impaired even when continuously driven for a long time.
  • the polymer composition contains a compound having 2 to 6 nitrogen atoms bonded to at least one hydroxyalkyl group as the component (B) in a molecule, so that it can be used for a long time in a high temperature environment.
  • a liquid crystal alignment film in which the voltage holding ratio does not decrease.
  • a liquid crystal alignment film with little change in voltage holding ratio depending on the firing temperature. That is, it is possible to provide a liquid crystal alignment film that is less susceptible to thermal degradation due to thermal stress over a long period of time and a liquid crystal display element that stably exhibits high display quality even in a high temperature environment.
  • the polymer composition of the present invention has a photosensitive side chain polymer (hereinafter also simply referred to as a side chain polymer) that can exhibit liquid crystallinity, and is obtained using the polymer composition.
  • the obtained coating film is a film having a photosensitive side chain polymer that can exhibit liquid crystallinity.
  • This coating film is subjected to orientation treatment by irradiation with polarized light without being rubbed. And after polarized light irradiation, it will become the coating film (henceforth a liquid crystal aligning film) to which the orientation control ability was provided through the process of heating the side chain type polymer film.
  • the slight anisotropy developed by the irradiation of polarized light becomes a driving force, and the liquid crystalline side chain polymer itself is efficiently reoriented by self-organization.
  • a highly efficient alignment process can be realized as the liquid crystal alignment film, and a liquid crystal alignment film with high alignment control ability can be obtained.
  • the polymer composition of the present invention in addition to the side chain polymer as the component (A) and the organic solvent as the component (C), nitrogen having at least one hydroxyalkyl group bonded as the component (B) is used.
  • a compound having 2 to 6 atoms in one molecule is used.
  • the effect was increased by using a specific compound having 2 to 6 nitrogen atoms bonded to at least one hydroxyalkyl group in one molecule.
  • the present inventors exerted the interaction between the component (A) and the component (B), and jumped to the desired effect. (Note that these include the inventor's view on the mechanism of the present invention and do not bind the present invention).
  • the method for producing a substrate having the liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention is [I] (A) a photosensitive side chain polymer that exhibits liquid crystallinity in a predetermined temperature range; (B) a compound having 2 to 6 nitrogen atoms bonded to at least one hydroxyalkyl group in one molecule, and (C) a polymer composition containing an organic solvent, having a conductive film for driving a lateral electric field Applying on the substrate to form a coating film; [II] a step of irradiating the coating film obtained in [I] with polarized ultraviolet rays; and [III] a step of heating the coating film obtained in [II]; Have Through the above steps, a liquid crystal alignment film for a lateral electric field drive type liquid crystal display element to which alignment control ability is imparted can be obtained, and a
  • a lateral electric field drive type liquid crystal display element can be obtained.
  • the second substrate instead of using a substrate having no lateral electric field driving conductive film instead of a substrate having a lateral electric field driving conductive film, the above steps [I] to [III] (for lateral electric field driving) Since a substrate having no conductive film is used, for the sake of convenience, in this application, the steps [I ′] to [III ′] may be abbreviated as steps), thereby providing a first liquid crystal alignment film having alignment controllability. Two substrates can be obtained.
  • the manufacturing method of the horizontal electric field drive type liquid crystal display element is: [IV] A step of obtaining a liquid crystal display element by arranging the first and second substrates obtained above so that the liquid crystal alignment films of the first and second substrates face each other with liquid crystal interposed therebetween; Have Thereby, a horizontal electric field drive type liquid crystal display element can be obtained.
  • step [I] a polymer composition comprising a photosensitive side chain polymer that exhibits liquid crystallinity in a predetermined temperature range, a polyurea, and an organic solvent on a substrate having a conductive film for driving a lateral electric field. Is applied to form a coating film.
  • ⁇ Board> Although it does not specifically limit about a board
  • the substrate has a conductive film for driving a lateral electric field.
  • the conductive film include, but are not limited to, ITO (Indium Tin Oxide) and IZO (Indium Zinc Oxide) when the liquid crystal display element is a transmission type.
  • examples of the conductive film include a material that reflects light such as aluminum, but are not limited thereto.
  • a method for forming a conductive film on a substrate a conventionally known method can be used.
  • a polymer composition is applied on a substrate having a conductive film for driving a lateral electric field, particularly on the conductive film.
  • the polymer composition used in the production method of the present invention comprises: (A) a photosensitive side chain polymer that exhibits liquid crystallinity within a predetermined temperature range; and (B) at least one hydroxyalkyl group bonded thereto. A compound having 2 to 6 nitrogen atoms in one molecule; and (C) an organic solvent.
  • the component (A) is a photosensitive side chain polymer that exhibits liquid crystallinity within a predetermined temperature range.
  • the (A) side chain polymer preferably reacts with light in the wavelength range of 250 nm to 400 nm and exhibits liquid crystallinity in the temperature range of 100 ° C. to 300 ° C.
  • the (A) side chain polymer preferably has a photosensitive side chain that reacts with light in the wavelength range of 250 nm to 400 nm.
  • the (A) side chain polymer preferably has a mesogenic group in order to exhibit liquid crystallinity in the temperature range of 100 ° C to 300 ° C.
  • the side chain type polymer has a photosensitive side chain bonded to the main chain, and can cause a crosslinking reaction, an isomerization reaction, or a light fleece rearrangement in response to light.
  • the structure of the side chain having photosensitivity is not particularly limited, but a structure that undergoes a crosslinking reaction or photofleece rearrangement in response to light is desirable, and a structure that causes a crosslinking reaction is more desirable. In this case, even if exposed to external stress such as heat, the achieved orientation control ability can be stably maintained for a long period of time.
  • the structure of the photosensitive side chain polymer capable of exhibiting liquid crystallinity is not particularly limited as long as it satisfies such characteristics, but it is preferable to have a rigid mesogenic component in the side chain structure. In this case, stable liquid crystal alignment can be obtained when the side chain polymer is used as a liquid crystal alignment film.
  • the polymer structure has, for example, a main chain and a side chain bonded to the main chain, and the side chain includes a mesogenic component such as a biphenyl group, a terphenyl group, a phenylcyclohexyl group, a phenylbenzoate group, and an azobenzene group, and a tip.
  • a mesogenic component such as a biphenyl group, a terphenyl group, a phenylcyclohexyl group, a phenylbenzoate group, and an azobenzene group, and a tip.
  • More specific examples of the structure of the photosensitive side chain polymer that can exhibit liquid crystallinity include hydrocarbon, (meth) acrylate, itaconate, fumarate, maleate, ⁇ -methylene- ⁇ -butyrolactone, styrene, vinyl , A main chain composed of at least one selected from the group consisting of radical polymerizable groups such as maleimide and norbornene and siloxane, and a side chain consisting of at least one of the following formulas (1) to (6) It is preferable that
  • A, B, and D are each independently a single bond, —O—, —CH 2 —, —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NH—CO—, —CH ⁇ CH—CO—.
  • S is an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and the hydrogen atom bonded thereto may be replaced by a halogen group;
  • T is a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and a hydrogen atom bonded thereto may be replaced with a halogen group;
  • Y 1 represents a ring selected from a monovalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring and alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, or the same or selected from those substituents.
  • R 0 is a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 5 represents an alkyl group
  • R 0 is a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 5 represents an alkyl group
  • Y 2 is a group selected from the group consisting of a divalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring, alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, and combinations thereof
  • the hydrogen atom bonded to each independently represents —NO 2 , —CN, —CH ⁇ C (CN) 2 , —CH ⁇ CH—CN, a
  • R May be substituted with an alkyloxy group of R represents a hydroxy group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or the same definition as Y 1 ;
  • X is a single bond, —COO—, —OCO—, —N ⁇ N—, —CH ⁇ CH—, —C ⁇ C—, —CH ⁇ CH—CO—O—, or —O—CO—CH ⁇ .
  • X may be the same or different;
  • Cou represents a coumarin-6-yl group or a coumarin-7-yl group, and the hydrogen atoms bonded thereto are independently —NO 2 , —CN, —CH ⁇ C (CN) 2 , —CH ⁇ CH— May be substituted with CN, a halogen group, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkyloxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms; one of q1 and q2 is 1 and the other is 0; q3 is 0 or 1; P and Q are each independently selected from the group consisting of a divalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring, alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, and combinations thereof.
  • P or Q on the side to which —CH ⁇ CH— is bonded is an aromatic ring;
  • the Ps may be the same or different, and when the number of Q is 2 or more, the Qs may be the same or different;
  • l1 is 0 or 1;
  • l2 is an integer from 0 to 2; when l1 and l2 are both 0,
  • A represents a single bond when T is a single bond; when l1 is 1, B represents a single bond when T is a single bond;
  • H and I are each independently a group selected from a divalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring, and combinations thereof.
  • the side chain may be any one type of photosensitive side chain selected from the group consisting of the following formulas (7) to (10).
  • the side chain may be any one type of photosensitive side chain selected from the group consisting of the following formulas (11) to (13).
  • A, X, l, m, m1 and R have the same definition as above.
  • the side chain may be a photosensitive side chain represented by the following formula (14) or (15).
  • A, Y 1 , l, m1 and m2 have the same definition as above.
  • the side chain may be a photosensitive side chain represented by the following formula (16) or (17).
  • A, X, l and m have the same definition as above.
  • the side chain is preferably a photosensitive side chain represented by the following formula (18) or (19).
  • A, B, Y1, q1, q2, m1, and m2 have the same definition as above.
  • the side chain is preferably a photosensitive side chain represented by the following formula (20).
  • A, Y 1 , X, l and m have the same definition as above.
  • the (A) side chain polymer preferably has any one liquid crystalline side chain selected from the group consisting of the following formulas (21) to (31).
  • A, B, q1 and q2 have the same definition as above;
  • Y 3 is a group selected from the group consisting of a monovalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, nitrogen-containing heterocycle, alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, and combinations thereof.
  • each hydrogen atom bonded thereto may be independently substituted with —NO 2 , —CN, a halogen group, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkyloxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms;
  • R 3 is a hydrogen atom, —NO 2 , —CN, —CH ⁇ C (CN) 2 , —CH ⁇ CH—CN, halogen group, monovalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, nitrogen-containing Represents a heterocyclic ring, an alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms; l represents an integer of 1 to 12, m represents an integer of 0 to 2, provided that in formulas (23) to (24), the sum of all m is 2 or more, and formulas (25) to (26 ), The sum of all m is 1
  • the photosensitive side chain polymer capable of exhibiting the above liquid crystallinity can be obtained by polymerizing the photoreactive side chain monomer having the above photosensitive side chain and the liquid crystalline side chain monomer.
  • the photoreactive side chain monomer is a monomer capable of forming a polymer having a photosensitive side chain at the side chain portion of the polymer when the polymer is formed.
  • the photoreactive group possessed by the side chain the following structures and derivatives thereof are preferred.
  • photoreactive side chain monomer examples include radical polymerizable groups such as hydrocarbon, (meth) acrylate, itaconate, fumarate, maleate, ⁇ -methylene- ⁇ -butyrolactone, styrene, vinyl, maleimide, norbornene, etc.
  • a polymerizable side group composed of at least one selected from the group consisting of siloxane and a photosensitive side chain consisting of at least one of the above formulas (1) to (6), preferably, for example, the above formula (7 ) To (10), a photosensitive side chain comprising at least one of the above formulas (11) to (13), and a photosensitivity represented by the above formula (14) or (15).
  • a photosensitive side chain a photosensitive side chain represented by the above formula (16) or (17), a photosensitive side chain represented by the above formula (18) or (19), and a photosensitivity represented by the above formula (20).
  • Sex side chain It is preferable that it has a structure.
  • the liquid crystalline side chain monomer is a monomer in which a polymer derived from the monomer exhibits liquid crystallinity and the polymer can form a mesogenic group at a side chain site.
  • a mesogenic group having a side chain even if it is a group having a mesogen structure alone such as biphenyl or phenylbenzoate, or a group having a mesogen structure by hydrogen bonding between side chains such as benzoic acid Good.
  • the mesogenic group possessed by the side chain the following structure is preferable.
  • liquid crystalline side chain monomers include hydrocarbon, (meth) acrylate, itaconate, fumarate, maleate, ⁇ -methylene- ⁇ -butyrolactone, styrene, vinyl, maleimide, norbornene and other radical polymerizable groups
  • a structure having a polymerizable group composed of at least one selected from the group consisting of siloxanes and a side chain composed of at least one of the above formulas (21) to (31) is preferable.
  • the side chain polymer can be obtained by the polymerization reaction of the above-described photoreactive side chain monomer that exhibits liquid crystallinity. Further, it can be obtained by copolymerization of a photoreactive side chain monomer that does not exhibit liquid crystallinity and a liquid crystalline side chain monomer, or by copolymerization of a photoreactive side chain monomer that exhibits liquid crystallinity and a liquid crystalline side chain monomer. it can. Furthermore, it can be copolymerized with other monomers as long as the liquid crystallinity is not impaired.
  • Examples of other monomers include industrially available monomers capable of radical polymerization reaction. Specific examples of the other monomer include unsaturated carboxylic acid, acrylic ester compound, methacrylic ester compound, maleimide compound, acrylonitrile, maleic anhydride, styrene compound and vinyl compound.
  • the unsaturated carboxylic acid include acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid and the like.
  • the acrylic ester compound include methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, isopropyl acrylate, benzyl acrylate, naphthyl acrylate, anthryl acrylate, anthryl methyl acrylate, phenyl acrylate, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl acrylate, tert-butyl.
  • methacrylic acid ester compound examples include methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, isopropyl methacrylate, benzyl methacrylate, naphthyl methacrylate, anthryl methacrylate, anthryl methyl methacrylate, phenyl methacrylate, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl methacrylate, tert-butyl.
  • (Meth) acrylate compounds having a cyclic ether group such as glycidyl (meth) acrylate, (3-methyl-3-oxetanyl) methyl (meth) acrylate, and (3-ethyl-3-oxetanyl) methyl (meth) acrylate are also used. be able to.
  • Examples of the vinyl compound include vinyl ether, methyl vinyl ether, benzyl vinyl ether, 2-hydroxyethyl vinyl ether, phenyl vinyl ether, and propyl vinyl ether.
  • Examples of the styrene compound include styrene, methylstyrene, chlorostyrene, bromostyrene, and the like.
  • Examples of maleimide compounds include maleimide, N-methylmaleimide, N-phenylmaleimide, and N-cyclohexylmaleimide.
  • the production method of the side chain polymer of the present embodiment is not particularly limited, and a general-purpose method that is handled industrially can be used. Specifically, it can be produced by cationic polymerization, radical polymerization, or anionic polymerization using a vinyl group of a liquid crystalline side chain monomer or photoreactive side chain monomer. Among these, radical polymerization is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of ease of reaction control.
  • RAFT reversible addition-cleavage chain transfer
  • a radical thermal polymerization initiator is a compound that generates radicals when heated to a decomposition temperature or higher.
  • radical thermal polymerization initiators include ketone peroxides (methyl ethyl ketone peroxide, cyclohexanone peroxide, etc.), diacyl peroxides (acetyl peroxide, benzoyl peroxide, etc.), hydroperoxides (peroxidation).
  • the radical photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound that initiates radical polymerization by light irradiation.
  • examples of such radical photopolymerization initiators include benzophenone, Michler's ketone, 4,4′-bis (diethylamino) benzophenone, xanthone, thioxanthone, isopropylxanthone, 2,4-diethylthioxanthone, 2-ethylanthraquinone, acetophenone, 2-hydroxy -2-methylpropiophenone, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-4'-isopropylpropiophenone, 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone, isopropyl benzoin ether, isobutyl benzoin ether, 2,2-diethoxyacetophenone, 2,2 -Dimethoxy-2-phenylacetophenone, camphorquinone, benzanthrone, 2-methyl-1- [4- (
  • the radical polymerization method is not particularly limited, and an emulsion polymerization method, suspension polymerization method, dispersion polymerization method, precipitation polymerization method, bulk polymerization method, solution polymerization method and the like can be used.
  • the organic solvent used for the polymerization reaction of the photosensitive side chain polymer capable of exhibiting liquid crystallinity is not particularly limited as long as the generated polymer is soluble. Specific examples are given below.
  • organic solvents may be used alone or in combination. Furthermore, even if it is a solvent which does not dissolve the polymer
  • the polymerization temperature at the time of radical polymerization can be selected from any temperature of 30 ° C. to 150 ° C., but is preferably in the range of 50 ° C. to 100 ° C.
  • the reaction can be carried out at any concentration, but if the concentration is too low, it is difficult to obtain a high molecular weight polymer, and if the concentration is too high, the viscosity of the reaction solution becomes too high and uniform stirring is difficult. Therefore, the monomer concentration is preferably 1% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably 5% by mass to 30% by mass.
  • the initial stage of the reaction is carried out at a high concentration, and then an organic solvent can be added.
  • the molecular weight of the obtained polymer is decreased when the ratio of the radical polymerization initiator is large relative to the monomer, and the molecular weight of the obtained polymer is increased when the ratio is small, the ratio of the radical initiator is
  • the content is preferably 0.1 mol% to 10 mol% with respect to the monomer to be polymerized. Further, various monomer components, solvents, initiators and the like can be added during the polymerization.
  • the polymer deposited in a poor solvent and precipitated can be recovered by filtration and then dried at normal temperature or under reduced pressure at room temperature or by heating.
  • impurities in the polymer can be reduced.
  • the poor solvent at this time include alcohols, ketones, hydrocarbons and the like, and it is preferable to use three or more kinds of poor solvents selected from these because purification efficiency is further improved.
  • the molecular weight of the (A) side chain polymer of the present invention is measured by a GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography) method in consideration of the strength of the obtained coating film, workability during coating film formation, and uniformity of the coating film.
  • the weight average molecular weight is preferably 2,000 to 1,000,000, more preferably 5,000 to 100,000.
  • the polymer composition used in the present invention is preferably prepared as a coating solution so as to be suitable for forming a liquid crystal alignment film. That is, the polymer composition used in the present invention is preferably prepared as a solution in which a resin component for forming a resin film is dissolved in an organic solvent.
  • the resin component is a resin component containing a photosensitive side chain polymer capable of exhibiting the liquid crystallinity already described.
  • the content of the resin component is preferably 1% by mass to 20% by mass, more preferably 3% by mass to 15% by mass, and particularly preferably 3% by mass to 10% by mass.
  • the resin component described above may be a photosensitive side chain polymer that can all exhibit the above-described liquid crystallinity, but does not impair the liquid crystal developing ability and the photosensitive performance.
  • Other polymers may be mixed within the range.
  • the content of the other polymer in the resin component is 0.5 to 80% by mass, preferably 1 to 50% by mass.
  • examples of such other polymers include polymers that are made of poly (meth) acrylate, polyamic acid, polyimide, and the like and are not a photosensitive side chain polymer that can exhibit liquid crystallinity.
  • ⁇ (B) component >> ⁇ Compounds having 2 to 6 nitrogen atoms bonded to at least one hydroxyalkyl group in one molecule>
  • the polymer composition used in the present invention contains a compound having 2 to 6 nitrogen atoms bonded to at least one hydroxyalkyl group in one molecule.
  • the compound may be any one, two, or all of the following effects i) to iii) when the polymer composition used in the present invention forms a liquid crystal alignment film.
  • the compound is not particularly limited as long as it has 2 to 6 nitrogen atoms in a molecule to which at least one hydroxyalkyl group is bonded in the compound, but from the viewpoint of availability, A compound represented by the following formula (b) is one of preferred examples.
  • R 1 is an n-valent organic group
  • L 1 represents an alkylene or N-X 1 of a single bond, 1 to 10 carbon atoms
  • X 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group and, X 1 is form an alkylene and together with another X 1
  • a ring structure may be formed by bonding to R 1
  • L 2 represents a single bond or alkylene having 1 to 10 carbon atoms
  • L 3 represents a single bond
  • L 4 represents a single bond or alkylene having 1 to 10 carbon atoms
  • L 5 represents a single bond or carbonyl
  • L 6 and L 7 each independently represent a linear or branched alkylene having 2 to 20 carbon atoms
  • the alkylene may be substituted with one or more substituents selected from a halogen and a hydroxy group.
  • n is an alkylene or N-X 1 of a single bond, 1 to 10 carbon atoms
  • X 1 represents
  • the n-valent organic group of R 1 in the formula (b) is an alkyl having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, a 5- or 6-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring, or 2 to 4 of these rings directly or An n-valent group in which n hydrogen atoms have been removed from an aromatic ring or alicyclic hydrocarbon having a structure bonded or condensed via a linking group, wherein the linking group that bonds the ring structure is Alkylene having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, alkenylene or alkynylene, ⁇ NR b (wherein R b represents a hydrogen atom or alkyl having 1 to 4 carbon atoms), —S—, —C (O) NH—, or —C (O) —O— represents an aromatic ring or alicyclic hydrocarbon represented by R 1 , wherein carbon atoms other than those bonded to n L1 groups are substituted with oxygen atoms, nitrogen atoms or sulfur atoms. Carbon sources other than well and
  • the number of carbon atoms of “alkyl” in X 1 is typically 1 to 10, preferably 1 to 6, more preferably 1 to 4, Preferably it is 1-3.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkylene of L 1 is preferably 1-6.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkylene of L 2 is preferably 2-6.
  • the carbon number of the “alkyl” of the N-alkyl in L 3 is typically 1 to 10, preferably 1 to 6, more preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 to 3. It is.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkylene of L 4 is preferably 2-6.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkylene of L 6 and L 7 is preferably 2-6.
  • halogen means fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine, preferably fluorine or chlorine, more preferably fluorine.
  • R 1 in the formula (b) is preferably a group derived from an aliphatic hydrocarbon from the viewpoint of liquid crystal alignment and solubility as described above, and more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • n represents an integer of 2 to 6, and n is preferably 2 to 4, more preferably 2 or 3, from the viewpoint of solubility.
  • L 6 and L 7 are preferably structures represented by the following formula (b1) from the viewpoint of reactivity, and more preferably ethylene.
  • R 2 to R 5 each independently represents any of a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group, or a hydrocarbon group substituted with a hydroxy group.
  • the “hydrocarbon group” typically represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group, preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Represents an alkyl group.
  • the structure of the R 1 portion is preferably a structure selected from the following b2-1 to b2-47. More preferably, they are b2-1 to b2-29.
  • a structure selected from b3-1 to b3-8 is preferable.
  • B3-1 to b3-8 are preferable as the structure bonded to the carbon atom, and b3-1 to b3-4 are preferable as the structure bonded to the nitrogen atom.
  • n2 represents an integer of 1 to 20, preferably 2 to 10, and particularly preferably 2 to 7.
  • n3 represents an integer of 1 to 10, preferably 2 to 10, and particularly preferably 2 to 7.
  • n4 represents an integer of 2 to 20, preferably 2 to 10, and particularly preferably 2.
  • preferable component (B) include, for example, the following compounds T1 to T9, Primid XL-552, and Primid SF-4510.
  • More preferable examples of the component (B) include compounds of T1 to T7.
  • the synthesis method of the compound (B) is not particularly limited, but the compound represented by the following formula (b-1) is represented by the polycarboxylic acid represented by the following formula (X2) and the following formula (X1). It can be produced by reacting with a dialcoholamine compound.
  • the condensing agent is not particularly limited as long as it is used for ordinary amide synthesis.
  • Mukaiyama reagent (2-chloro-N-methylpyridinium iodide), DCC (1,3-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide), WSC (1 -Ethyl-3- (3-dimethylaminopropyl) -carbodiimide hydrochloride), CDI (carbonyldiimidazole), dimethylpropynylsulfonium bromide, propargyltriphenylphosphonium bromide, DEPC (diethyl cyanophosphate) and the like are represented by the formula X2. 1 to 1.5 equivalents can be used per 1 carboxyl group of the compound.
  • the solvent to be used is not particularly limited as long as it does not inhibit the progress of the reaction.
  • aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene
  • aliphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane and heptane.
  • Aliphatic halogenated hydrocarbons such as diethyl ether, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, tetrahydrofuran, ethers such as 1,4-dioxane, esters such as ethyl acetate and ethyl propionate, N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N- Amides chill-2-pyrrolidone, triethylamine, tributylamine, N, N-amines dimethylaniline, pyridine, pyridine picoline, etc., include acetonitrile and dimethyl sulfoxide.
  • a base for example, an alkali metal hydroxide such as sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide, an alkali metal carbonate such as sodium carbonate or potassium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, or potassium hydrogen carbonate.
  • Alkali metal bicarbonates such as triethylamine, tributylamine, N, N-dimethylaniline, pyridine, 4- (dimethylamino) pyridine, imidazole, 1,8-diazabicyclo [5,4,0] -7-undecene, etc.
  • An organic base or the like can be used in an amount of 1 to 4 equivalents relative to one carboxyl group of the compound represented by the formula X2.
  • the reaction temperature can be set to an arbitrary temperature from ⁇ 60 ° C. to the reflux temperature of the reaction mixture, and the reaction time varies depending on the concentration of the reaction substrate and the reaction temperature, but is usually arbitrarily within a range of 5 minutes to 100 hours. Can be set.
  • dialcoholamine compound represented by the formula X1 0.98 to 1.05 equivalent of the dialcoholamine compound represented by the formula X1 can be used with respect to one carboxyl group of the compound represented by the formula X2, and if necessary, in the presence of a base. By reacting, the compound represented by the formula b-1 can be obtained.
  • the solvent to be used is not particularly limited as long as it does not inhibit the progress of the reaction.
  • aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene
  • aliphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane and heptane.
  • Cycloaliphatic hydrocarbons such as diethyl ether, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, tetrahydrofuran, ethers such as 1,4-dioxane, esters such as ethyl acetate and ethyl propionate, dimethylformamide, dimethylacetamide, N -Methyl-2-pyro Amides such as Don, amines such as triethylamine, tributylamine and N, N-dimethylaniline, pyridines such as pyridine and picoline, alcohols such as methanol, ethanol and ethylene glycol, acet
  • alkali metal hydroxides such as sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide
  • alkali metal alkoxides such as sodium ethoxide and potassium tertiary butoxide, lithium diisopropylamide, lithium hexamethyldisilazane, sodium amide and the like
  • Alkali metal amides organic metal compounds such as tertiary butyl lithium
  • alkali metal carbonates such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, triethylamine, tributylamine, N, N-dimethylaniline, pyridine, 4- (dimethylamino)
  • An organic base such as pyridine, imidazole, 1,8-diazabicyclo [5,4,0] -7-undecene or the like is used in an amount of 1 to 4 equivalents relative to one ester group of the compound represented by the formula X2. it can.
  • the reaction temperature can be set to an arbitrary temperature from ⁇ 60 ° C. to the reflux temperature of the reaction mixture, and the reaction time varies depending on the concentration of the reaction substrate and the reaction temperature, but is usually arbitrarily within a range of 5 minutes to 100 hours. Can be set.
  • compound X2 is used with respect to 1 equivalent of amino group of compound X1, and polar such as tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, acetonitrile, N, N-dimethylformamide, etc. 0 to 90 ° C. using 1 to 3 equivalents of sodium hydride, potassium tertiary butoxide, potassium hydroxide, potassium carbonate, triethylamine or pyridine as a base, if necessary, with respect to 1 equivalent of the amino group of compound X2.
  • the reaction is preferably carried out in the temperature range of 10 minutes to 24 hours.
  • dialcohol amine X1 used in the reaction of isocyanate X3 and dialcohol amine X1, may be 0.98 to 1.2 equivalent times the amount of one isocyanate group contained in isocyanate X3. More preferably, it is 1.0 to 1.02 equivalent times.
  • the reaction solvent is not particularly limited as long as it is inert to the reaction.
  • hydrocarbons such as hexane, cyclohexane, benzene and toluene; halogens such as carbon tetrachloride, chloroform and 1,2-dichloroethane Hydrocarbons; ethers such as diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, 1,4-dioxane and tetrahydrofuran; ketones such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone and methyl isobutyl ketone; nitriles such as acetonitrile and propionitrile; ethyl acetate and ethyl propionate N-containing aprotic polar solvents such as N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone; Dimethyl sul
  • Sulfur aprotic polar solvent pyridine, pyridines picoline and the like. These solvents may be used alone or as a mixture of two or more thereof. Preferred are toluene, acetonitrile and ethyl acetate, and more preferred are toluene and ethyl acetate.
  • the amount of the solvent used is not particularly limited, but the reaction may be carried out without using a solvent.
  • a solvent it is 0.1 to 100 times by mass with respect to the isocyanate compound (C). These solvents may be used.
  • the amount is preferably 0.5 to 30 times by mass, more preferably 1 to 10 times by mass.
  • the reaction temperature is not particularly limited, but is, for example, ⁇ 90 to 150 ° C., preferably ⁇ 30 to 100 ° C., and more preferably 0 to 80 ° C.
  • the reaction time is usually 0.05 to 200 hours, preferably 0.5 to 100 hours.
  • a catalyst may be added to shorten the reaction time.
  • examples thereof include dibutyltin dilaurate, dioctyltin bis (isooctyl thioglycolate), dibutyltin bis (isooctyl thioglycolate), dibutyltin diacetate, etc.
  • Inorganic acids such as sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid and perchloric acid
  • titanium compounds such as tetrabutyl titanate, tetraethyl titanate and tetraisopropyl titanate
  • bismuth compounds such as bismuth tris (2-ethylhexanoate); quaternary An ammonium salt etc. are mentioned.
  • These catalysts may be used alone or in combination of two or more. These catalysts are preferably liquid or soluble in the reaction solvent.
  • the catalyst When a catalyst is added, the catalyst may be used in an amount of 0.005 to 100 wt%, preferably 0.05 to 10 wt%, more preferably based on the total amount (mass) of the compound having an isocyanate group. 0.1 to 5 wt%. If an organotin compound, a titanium compound, or a bismuth compound is used as the catalyst, the amount is preferably 0.005 to 0.1 wt%.
  • the reaction can be carried out at normal pressure or under pressure, and may be batch or continuous.
  • the amount of the reaction substrate can be 0.98 to 1.05 equivalent of Compound X5 with respect to 1 equivalent of the amino group of Compound X4.
  • the solvent to be used is not particularly limited as long as it does not inhibit the progress of the reaction.
  • aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene
  • aliphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane and heptane.
  • Cycloaliphatic hydrocarbons such as diethyl ether, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, tetrahydrofuran, ethers such as 1,4-dioxane, esters such as ethyl acetate and ethyl propionate, dimethylformamide, dimethylacetamide, N -Methyl-2-pyro Amides such as Don, amines such as triethylamine, tributylamine and N, N-dimethylaniline, pyridines such as pyridine and picoline, alcohols such as methanol, ethanol and ethylene glycol, acet
  • alkali metal hydroxides such as sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide
  • alkali metal alkoxides such as sodium ethoxide and potassium tertiary butoxide, lithium diisopropylamide, lithium hexamethyldisilazane, sodium amide and the like
  • Alkali metal amides organic metal compounds such as tertiary butyl lithium
  • alkali metal carbonates such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, triethylamine, tributylamine, N, N-dimethylaniline, pyridine, 4- (dimethylamino)
  • An organic base such as pyridine and imidazole 1,8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undecene can be used in an amount of 1 to 4 equivalents based on one amino group of the compound represented by the formula X4.
  • the reaction temperature can be set to an arbitrary temperature from ⁇ 60 ° C. to the reflux temperature of the reaction mixture, and the reaction time varies depending on the concentration of the reaction substrate and the reaction temperature, but is usually arbitrarily within a range of 5 minutes to 100 hours. Can be set.
  • reaction conditions between compound X6 and compound X1 conform to the reaction conditions between compound X2 and compound X1.
  • Compound X7 requires the above-mentioned compound X5 in a known manner, for example, a method of reacting with a chlorinating agent such as thionyl chloride, phosphorus pentachloride or oxalyl chloride, an organic acid halide such as pivaloyl chloride or isobutyl chloroformate, and the like. Then, it can be obtained by reacting in the presence of the base described above.
  • the reaction conditions in the reaction between X7 and X4, the equivalent amount of the substrate, and the like are in accordance with the reaction conditions between the compound X2 and the compound X1.
  • R 1 , n2, L 6 , L 7 and n represent the same meaning as described above
  • J represents a chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom, C 1 -C 4 alkylcarbonyloxy group (eg pivaloyloxy group), C 1 -C 4 alkyl sulfonate group (eg methanesulfonyloxy group), C 1 -C 4 haloalkyl sulfonate group (eg trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy group), aryl Represents a good leaving group such as a sulfonate group (for example, benzenesulfonyloxy group, p-toluenesulfonyloxy group) or an azolyl group (for example, imidazol-1-yl group), J 2 represents Cl and the like; 3 represents an alkoxy group such as a
  • a compound having 2 to 6 nitrogen atoms to which at least one hydroxyalkyl group is bonded in one molecule will not exert sufficient liquid crystal alignment regulating ability or will have an adverse effect from the viewpoint of solubility or too little if too much.
  • Organic solvent used for the polymer composition used in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is an organic solvent that dissolves the resin component. Specific examples are given below. N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-methylcaprolactam, 2-pyrrolidone, N-ethylpyrrolidone, N-vinylpyrrolidone, dimethylsulfoxide, tetramethylurea, pyridine, Dimethylsulfone, hexamethylsulfoxide, ⁇ -butyrolactone, 3-methoxy-N, N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-ethoxy-N, N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-butoxy-N, N-dimethylpropanamide, 1,3 -Dimethyl-imidazolidinone, ethyl amyl ketone, methyl nonyl ketone, methyl ethyl ketone
  • the polymer composition used in the present invention may contain components other than the above components (A), (B) and (C). Examples thereof include solvents and compounds that improve the film thickness uniformity and surface smoothness when the polymer composition is applied, and compounds that improve the adhesion between the liquid crystal alignment film and the substrate.
  • the present invention is not limited to this.
  • solvent poor solvent which improves the uniformity of film thickness and surface smoothness.
  • solvents may be used alone or in combination.
  • it is preferably 5% by mass to 80% by mass of the total solvent, more preferably so as not to significantly reduce the solubility of the entire solvent contained in the polymer composition. Is 20% by mass to 60% by mass.
  • Examples of the compound that improves film thickness uniformity and surface smoothness include fluorine-based surfactants, silicone-based surfactants, and nonionic surfactants. More specifically, for example, Ftop (registered trademark) 301, EF303, EF352 (manufactured by Tochem Products), MegaFac (registered trademark) F171, F173, R-30 (manufactured by DIC), Florard FC430, FC431 (Manufactured by Sumitomo 3M), Asahi Guard (registered trademark) AG710 (manufactured by Asahi Glass Company), Surflon (registered trademark) S-382, SC101, SC102, SC103, SC104, SC105, SC106 (manufactured by AGC Seimi Chemical Co., Ltd.) It is done.
  • the use ratio of these surfactants is preferably 0.01 to 2 parts by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 1 part by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin component contained in the polymer
  • the compound that improves the adhesion between the liquid crystal alignment film and the substrate include the following functional silane-containing compounds.
  • phenoplasts and epoxy group-containing compounds for the purpose of preventing the deterioration of electrical characteristics due to the backlight when the liquid crystal display element is constructed
  • An agent may be contained in the polymer composition. Specific phenoplast additives are shown below, but are not limited to this structure.
  • Specific epoxy group-containing compounds include ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, polyethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, propylene glycol diglycidyl ether, tripropylene glycol diglycidyl ether, polypropylene glycol diglycidyl ether, neopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether, 1, 6-hexanediol diglycidyl ether, glycerin diglycidyl ether, 2,2-dibromoneopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether, 1,3,5,6-tetraglycidyl-2,4-hexanediol, N, N, N ′, N ′,-tetraglycidyl-m-xylenediamine, 1,3-bis (N, N-diglycidylaminomethyl) cyclohexane, N, N, N ′, N ′,-tetraglycidyl- , 4'-diaminodip
  • the amount used is preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin component contained in the polymer composition. More preferably, it is 1 to 20 parts by mass. If the amount used is less than 0.1 parts by mass, the effect of improving the adhesion cannot be expected, and if it exceeds 30 parts by mass, the orientation of the liquid crystal may deteriorate.
  • a photosensitizer can also be used as an additive. Colorless and triplet sensitizers are preferred.
  • photosensitizers aromatic nitro compounds, coumarins (7-diethylamino-4-methylcoumarin, 7-hydroxy4-methylcoumarin), ketocoumarins, carbonyl biscoumarins, aromatic 2-hydroxyketones, and amino-substituted Aromatic 2-hydroxyketones (2-hydroxybenzophenone, mono- or di-p- (dimethylamino) -2-hydroxybenzophenone), acetophenone, anthraquinone, xanthone, thioxanthone, benzanthrone, thiazoline (2-benzoylmethylene-3 -Methyl- ⁇ -naphthothiazoline, 2- ( ⁇ -naphthoylmethylene) -3-methylbenzothiazoline, 2- ( ⁇ -naphthoylmethylene) -3-methylbenzothiazoline, 2- (4-b
  • Aromatic 2-hydroxy ketone (benzophenone), coumarin, ketocoumarin, carbonyl biscoumarin, acetophenone, anthraquinone, xanthone, thioxanthone, and acetophenone ketal are preferred.
  • a dielectric, a conductive substance, or the like for the purpose of changing the electrical properties such as the dielectric constant and conductivity of the liquid crystal alignment film, as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
  • a crosslinkable compound may be added for the purpose of increasing the hardness and density of the liquid crystal alignment film.
  • the method for applying the polymer composition described above onto a substrate having a conductive film for driving a lateral electric field is not particularly limited.
  • the application method is generally performed by screen printing, offset printing, flexographic printing, an inkjet method, or the like.
  • Other coating methods include a dipping method, a roll coater method, a slit coater method, a spinner method (rotary coating method), or a spray method, and these may be used depending on the purpose.
  • the polymer composition After the polymer composition is applied on a substrate having a conductive film for driving a horizontal electric field, it is 50 to 200 ° C., preferably 50 to 200 ° C. by a heating means such as a hot plate, a heat circulation oven or an IR (infrared) oven.
  • the solvent can be evaporated at 150 ° C. to obtain a coating film.
  • the drying temperature at this time is preferably lower than the liquid crystal phase expression temperature of the side chain polymer. If the thickness of the coating film is too thick, it will be disadvantageous in terms of power consumption of the liquid crystal display element, and if it is too thin, the reliability of the liquid crystal display element may be lowered.
  • it is preferably 5 nm to 300 nm, more preferably 10 nm to 150 nm. It is. In addition, it is also possible to provide the process of cooling the board
  • step [II] the coating film obtained in step [I] is irradiated with polarized ultraviolet rays.
  • the substrate is irradiated with polarized ultraviolet rays through a polarizing plate from a certain direction.
  • ultraviolet rays to be used ultraviolet rays having a wavelength in the range of 100 nm to 400 nm can be used.
  • the optimum wavelength is selected through a filter or the like depending on the type of coating film to be used.
  • ultraviolet light having a wavelength in the range of 290 nm to 400 nm can be selected and used so that the photocrosslinking reaction can be selectively induced.
  • the ultraviolet light for example, light emitted from a high-pressure mercury lamp can be used.
  • the irradiation amount of polarized ultraviolet rays depends on the coating film used.
  • the amount of irradiation is polarized ultraviolet light that realizes the maximum value of ⁇ A (hereinafter also referred to as ⁇ Amax), which is the difference between the ultraviolet light absorbance in a direction parallel to the polarization direction of polarized ultraviolet light and the ultraviolet light absorbance in a direction perpendicular to the polarization direction of the polarized ultraviolet light.
  • the amount is preferably in the range of 1% to 70%, more preferably in the range of 1% to 50%.
  • step [III] the ultraviolet-irradiated coating film polarized in step [II] is heated.
  • An orientation control ability can be imparted to the coating film by heating.
  • a heating means such as a hot plate, a heat circulation type oven, or an IR (infrared) type oven can be used.
  • the heating temperature can be determined in consideration of the temperature at which the liquid crystallinity of the coating film used is developed.
  • the heating temperature is preferably within a temperature range of a temperature at which the side chain polymer exhibits liquid crystallinity (hereinafter referred to as liquid crystallinity expression temperature).
  • the liquid crystallinity expression temperature of the coating film surface may be lower than the liquid crystallinity expression temperature when a photosensitive side chain polymer capable of expressing liquid crystallinity is observed in bulk. is expected.
  • the heating temperature is more preferably within the temperature range of the liquid crystallinity expression temperature on the coating film surface. That is, the temperature range of the heating temperature after irradiation with polarized ultraviolet rays is 10 ° C.
  • the temperature is in a range where the temperature is the upper limit. If the heating temperature is lower than the above temperature range, the anisotropic amplification effect due to heat in the coating film tends to be insufficient, and if the heating temperature is too higher than the above temperature range, the state of the coating film Tends to be close to an isotropic liquid state (isotropic phase), and in this case, self-organization may make it difficult to reorient in one direction.
  • the liquid crystallinity temperature is equal to or higher than the glass transition temperature (Tg) at which the side chain polymer or coating film surface undergoes a phase transition from the solid phase to the liquid crystal phase, and from the liquid crystal phase to the isotropic phase (isotropic phase). Refers to a temperature below the isotropic phase transition temperature (Tiso) that causes a phase transition.
  • Tg glass transition temperature
  • the production method of the present invention can realize highly efficient introduction of anisotropy into the coating film. And a board
  • the step [IV] is performed in the same manner as in the above [I ′] to [III ′], similarly to the substrate (first substrate) obtained in [III] and having the liquid crystal alignment film on the conductive film for lateral electric field driving.
  • the obtained liquid crystal alignment film-attached substrate (second substrate) having no conductive film is placed oppositely so that both liquid crystal alignment films face each other through liquid crystal, and a liquid crystal cell is formed by a known method.
  • This is a step of manufacturing a lateral electric field drive type liquid crystal display element.
  • a substrate having no lateral electric field driving conductive film was used in place of the substrate having the lateral electric field driving conductive film in the step [I].
  • steps [I] to [III] It can be carried out in the same manner as in steps [I] to [III]. Since the difference between the steps [I] to [III] and the steps [I ′] to [III ′] is only the presence or absence of the conductive film, the description of the steps [I ′] to [III ′] is omitted. To do.
  • the first and second substrates described above are prepared, spacers are dispersed on the liquid crystal alignment film of one substrate, and the liquid crystal alignment film surface is on the inside.
  • the other substrate is bonded and the liquid crystal is injected under reduced pressure, or the liquid crystal is dropped on the liquid crystal alignment film surface on which the spacers are dispersed, and then the substrate is bonded and sealed.
  • Etc. can be illustrated.
  • the diameter of the spacer at this time is preferably 1 ⁇ m to 30 ⁇ m, more preferably 2 ⁇ m to 10 ⁇ m. This spacer diameter determines the distance between the pair of substrates that sandwich the liquid crystal layer, that is, the thickness of the liquid crystal layer.
  • substrate with a coating film of this invention irradiates the polarized ultraviolet-ray, after apply
  • the coating film used in the present invention realizes the introduction of highly efficient anisotropy into the coating film by utilizing the principle of molecular reorientation induced by the side chain photoreaction and liquid crystallinity. .
  • an embodiment using a side chain type polymer having a structure having a photocrosslinkable group as a photoreactive group is the first embodiment, a structure having a photofleece rearrangement group or a group causing isomerization as a photoreactive group
  • An embodiment using the side chain type polymer will be referred to as a second embodiment.
  • FIG. 1 schematically shows an anisotropic introduction process in a method for producing a liquid crystal alignment film using a side chain polymer having a structure having a photocrosslinkable group as a photoreactive group in the first embodiment of the present invention. It is a figure of one example demonstrated to.
  • FIG. 1 (a) is a diagram schematically showing the state of the side chain polymer film before irradiation with polarized light
  • FIG. 1 (b) is a schematic diagram showing the state of the side chain polymer film after irradiation with polarized light
  • FIG. 1 (c) is a diagram schematically showing the state of the side-chain polymer film after heating, and particularly when the introduced anisotropy is small, that is, the first aspect of the present invention.
  • 1 is a schematic diagram when the ultraviolet ray irradiation amount in the step [II] is within a range of 1% to 15% of the ultraviolet ray irradiation amount that maximizes ⁇ A.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic illustration of anisotropy introduction treatment in a method for producing a liquid crystal alignment film using a side chain polymer having a structure having a photocrosslinkable group as a photoreactive group in the first embodiment of the present invention. It is a figure of one example demonstrated to.
  • FIG. 2A is a diagram schematically showing the state of the side chain polymer film before irradiation with polarized light
  • FIG. 2B is a schematic diagram showing the state of the side chain polymer film after irradiation with polarized light.
  • FIG. 2 (c) is a diagram schematically showing the state of the side-chain polymer film after heating, and particularly when the introduced anisotropy is large, that is, the first aspect of the present invention.
  • 1 is a schematic diagram when the ultraviolet ray irradiation amount in the step [II] is within a range of 15% to 70% of the ultraviolet ray irradiation amount that maximizes ⁇ A.
  • FIG. 3 shows a side chain polymer having a structure having a photo-isomerizable group as a photoreactive group or a photo-Fleece rearrangement group represented by the above formula (18) in the second embodiment of the present invention. It is a figure of one example which illustrates typically the introduction process of anisotropy in the manufacturing method of the used liquid crystal aligning film.
  • FIG. 3A is a diagram schematically showing the state of the side chain polymer film before polarized light irradiation
  • FIG. 3B is a schematic diagram of the state of the side chain polymer film after polarized light irradiation.
  • 3 (c) is a diagram schematically showing the state of the side-chain polymer film after heating, and particularly when the introduced anisotropy is small, that is, the first aspect of the present invention.
  • 2 is a schematic diagram when the ultraviolet irradiation amount in the step [II] is within a range of 1% to 70% of the ultraviolet irradiation amount that maximizes ⁇ A.
  • FIG. 4 shows the production of a liquid crystal alignment film using a side chain polymer having a structure having a photo-Fleece rearrangement group represented by the above formula (19) as a photoreactive group in the second embodiment of the present invention. It is a figure of one example which illustrates typically the introduction processing of anisotropy in a method.
  • FIG. 4A is a diagram schematically showing the state of the side chain polymer film before irradiation with polarized light
  • FIG. 4B is a schematic diagram of the state of the side chain polymer film after irradiation with polarized light.
  • FIG. 4 (c) is a diagram schematically showing the state of the side-chain polymer film after heating.
  • 2 is a schematic diagram when the ultraviolet irradiation amount in the step [II] is within a range of 1% to 70% of the ultraviolet irradiation amount that maximizes ⁇ A.
  • the ultraviolet irradiation amount in the step [II] is in the range of 1% to 15% of the ultraviolet irradiation amount that maximizes ⁇ A.
  • the coating film 1 is formed on the substrate.
  • Fig.1 (a) in the coating film 1 formed on the board
  • the ultraviolet irradiation amount in the step [II] is in the range of 15% to 70% of the ultraviolet irradiation amount that maximizes ⁇ A.
  • the coating film 3 is formed on the substrate. As shown in FIG. 2A, the coating film 3 formed on the substrate has a structure in which the side chains 4 are randomly arranged. According to the random arrangement of the side chains 4 of the coating film 3, the mesogenic components and the photosensitive groups of the side chains 4 are also randomly oriented, and the coating film 2 is isotropic.
  • a side chain type having a structure having a photo-isomerizable group or a photo-Fleece rearrangement group represented by the above formula (18) in the treatment for introducing anisotropy into the coating film In the case of using a liquid crystal alignment film using a polymer, when the ultraviolet irradiation amount in the step [II] is in the range of 1% to 70% of the ultraviolet irradiation amount that maximizes ⁇ A, first, The coating film 5 is formed. As shown in FIG. 3A, the coating film 5 formed on the substrate has a structure in which the side chains 6 are randomly arranged. According to the random arrangement of the side chain 6 of the coating film 5, the mesogenic component and the photosensitive group of the side chain 6 are also randomly oriented, and the side chain type polymer film 5 is isotropic.
  • liquid crystal alignment using a side chain type polymer having a structure having a light Fleece rearrangement group represented by the above formula (19) in the treatment for introducing anisotropy into the coating film In the case of using a film, when the ultraviolet irradiation amount in the step [II] is within the range of 1% to 70% of the ultraviolet irradiation amount that maximizes ⁇ A, first, the coating film 7 is formed on the substrate. . As shown in FIG. 4A, the coating film 7 formed on the substrate has a structure in which the side chains 8 are arranged at random. According to the random arrangement of the side chains 8 of the coating film 7, the mesogenic components and the photosensitive groups of the side chains 8 are also randomly oriented, and the coating film 7 is isotropic.
  • the ultraviolet irradiation amount in the step [II] is within the range of 1% to 15% of the ultraviolet irradiation amount that maximizes ⁇ A
  • polarized ultraviolet rays are irradiated.
  • the photosensitive group of the side chain 2a having the photosensitive group among the side chains 2 arranged in a direction parallel to the polarization direction of the ultraviolet rays is preferentially subjected to dimerization reaction or the like.
  • Dimerization reaction or the like causes a photoreaction.
  • the density of the side chain 2a that has undergone photoreaction becomes slightly higher in the polarization direction of the irradiated ultraviolet light, and as a result, very small anisotropy is imparted to the coating film 1.
  • the ultraviolet irradiation amount in the step [II] is within the range of 15% to 70% of the ultraviolet irradiation amount that maximizes ⁇ A
  • polarized ultraviolet rays are irradiated.
  • the photosensitive group of the side chain 4a having the photosensitive group among the side chains 4 arranged in a direction parallel to the polarization direction of the ultraviolet rays is preferentially subjected to dimerization reaction or the like.
  • the density of the side chain 4a that has undergone photoreaction increases in the polarization direction of the irradiated ultraviolet light, and as a result, a small anisotropy is imparted to the coating film 3.
  • the density of the side chain 6a subjected to photoreaction becomes slightly higher in the polarization direction of the irradiated ultraviolet rays, and as a result, very small anisotropy is imparted to the coating film 5.
  • the amount of ultraviolet irradiation in the step [II] is obtained using a coating film using a side chain polymer having a structure having a photo-Fleece rearrangement group represented by the above formula (19). Is within the range of 1% to 70% of the amount of UV irradiation that maximizes ⁇ A, the isotropic coating film 7 is irradiated with polarized UV light. Then, as shown in FIG. 4 (b), the photosensitive group of the side chain 8a having the photosensitive group among the side chains 8 arranged in a direction parallel to the polarization direction of the ultraviolet rays is preferentially subjected to light fleece rearrangement or the like. Causes a photoreaction. As a result, the density of the side chain 8a that has undergone photoreaction increases in the polarization direction of the irradiated ultraviolet light, and as a result, small anisotropy is imparted to the coating film 7.
  • the coating film 1 after the polarized light irradiation 1 Is heated to a liquid crystal state. Then, as shown in FIG.1 (c), in the coating film 1, the amount of the generated crosslinking reaction differs between the direction parallel to the polarization direction of the irradiated ultraviolet rays and the direction perpendicular thereto. In this case, since the amount of the crosslinking reaction generated in the direction parallel to the polarization direction of the irradiated ultraviolet ray is very small, this crosslinking reaction site functions as a plasticizer.
  • the liquid crystallinity in the direction perpendicular to the polarization direction of the irradiated ultraviolet light is higher than the liquid crystallinity in the parallel direction, and the side chain 2 containing the mesogenic component is reoriented by self-organizing in the direction parallel to the polarization direction of the irradiated ultraviolet light.
  • the very small anisotropy of the coating film 1 induced by the photocrosslinking reaction is amplified by heat, and a larger anisotropy is imparted to the coating film 1.
  • the coating film after polarized light irradiation 3 is heated to a liquid crystal state.
  • the amount of the generated crosslinking reaction differs between the direction parallel to the polarization direction of the irradiated ultraviolet rays and the direction perpendicular thereto. Therefore, the side chain 4 containing the mesogenic component is reoriented by self-organizing in a direction parallel to the polarization direction of the irradiated ultraviolet light.
  • the small anisotropy of the coating film 3 induced by the photocrosslinking reaction is amplified by heat, and a larger anisotropy is imparted to the coating film 3.
  • a coating film using a side-chain polymer having a structure having a photo-isomerizable group or a photo-Fleece rearrangement group represented by the above formula (18) is used.
  • the ultraviolet irradiation amount in the step [II] is within the range of 1% to 70% of the ultraviolet irradiation amount that maximizes ⁇ A
  • the coating film 5 after polarized irradiation is heated to be in a liquid crystal state.
  • generated light fleece rearrangement reaction differs between the direction parallel to the polarization direction of irradiation ultraviolet rays, and a perpendicular
  • the liquid crystal alignment force of the light fleece rearrangement generated in the direction perpendicular to the polarization direction of the irradiated ultraviolet light is stronger than the liquid crystal alignment force of the side chain before the reaction, it is self-organized in the direction perpendicular to the polarization direction of the irradiated ultraviolet light.
  • the side chain 6 containing the mesogenic component is reoriented.
  • the very small anisotropy of the coating film 5 induced by the photofleece rearrangement reaction is amplified by heat, and a larger anisotropy is imparted to the coating film 5.
  • a coating film using a side chain type polymer having a structure having a photofleece rearrangement group represented by the above formula (19) is used.
  • the ultraviolet irradiation amount is in the range of 1% to 70% of the ultraviolet irradiation amount that maximizes ⁇ A
  • the coated film 7 after polarized irradiation is heated to a liquid crystal state.
  • the amount of the generated light fleece rearrangement reaction differs between the direction parallel to the polarization direction of the irradiated ultraviolet light and the direction perpendicular thereto. .
  • the anchoring force of the optical fleece rearrangement 8 (a) is stronger than that of the side chain 8 before the rearrangement, when a certain amount or more of the optical fleece rearrangement occurs, it is self-assembled in a direction parallel to the polarization direction of the irradiated ultraviolet light.
  • the side chain 8 containing the mesogenic component is reoriented.
  • the small anisotropy of the coating film 7 induced by the photofleece rearrangement reaction is amplified by heat, and a larger anisotropy is imparted to the coating film 7.
  • the coating film used in the method of the present invention is a liquid crystal alignment film having anisotropy introduced with high efficiency and excellent alignment control ability by sequentially performing irradiation of polarized ultraviolet rays on the coating film and heat treatment. can do.
  • the irradiation amount of polarized ultraviolet rays to the coating film and the heating temperature in the heat treatment are optimized. Thereby, introduction of anisotropy into the coating film with high efficiency can be realized.
  • the optimum irradiation amount of polarized ultraviolet rays for introducing highly efficient anisotropy into the coating film used in the present invention is such that the photosensitive group undergoes photocrosslinking reaction, photoisomerization reaction, or photofries rearrangement reaction in the coating film.
  • the photo-crosslinking reaction, photoisomerization reaction, or photo-fleece rearrangement reaction has few photosensitive groups in the side chain, the amount of photoreaction will not be sufficient. . In that case, sufficient self-organization does not proceed even after heating.
  • the crosslinking reaction between the side chains is caused when the photosensitive group of the side chain undergoing the crosslinking reaction becomes excessive. Too much progress. In that case, the resulting film may become rigid and hinder the progress of self-assembly by subsequent heating.
  • the coating film used in the present invention is irradiated with polarized ultraviolet rays to the structure having the light Fleece rearrangement group, if the photosensitive group of the side chain that undergoes the light Fleece rearrangement reaction becomes excessive, the liquid crystallinity of the coating film Will drop too much.
  • the liquid crystallinity of the obtained film is also lowered, which may hinder the progress of self-assembly by subsequent heating. Furthermore, when irradiating polarized ultraviolet light to a structure having a photo-fleece rearrangement group, if the amount of ultraviolet light irradiation is too large, the side-chain polymer is photodegraded, preventing the subsequent self-organization by heating. It may become.
  • the optimum amount of the photopolymerization reaction, photoisomerization reaction, or photofleece rearrangement reaction of the side chain photosensitive group by irradiation with polarized ultraviolet rays is the side chain polymer film. It is preferably 0.1 to 40 mol%, more preferably 0.1 to 20 mol% of the photosensitive group possessed by.
  • the coating film used in the method of the present invention by optimizing the irradiation amount of polarized ultraviolet rays, photocrosslinking reaction or photoisomerization reaction of photosensitive groups or photofleece rearrangement reaction in the side chain of the side chain polymer film Optimize the amount of. Then, in combination with the subsequent heat treatment, highly efficient introduction of anisotropy into the coating film used in the present invention is realized. In that case, a suitable amount of polarized ultraviolet rays can be determined based on the evaluation of ultraviolet absorption of the coating film used in the present invention.
  • the ultraviolet absorption in the direction parallel to the polarization direction of the polarized ultraviolet ray and the ultraviolet absorption in the vertical direction after the irradiation with the polarized ultraviolet ray are measured.
  • ⁇ A which is the difference between the ultraviolet absorbance in the direction parallel to the polarization direction of polarized ultraviolet rays and the ultraviolet absorbance in the direction perpendicular to the polarization direction of the polarized ultraviolet rays.
  • the maximum value of ⁇ A ( ⁇ Amax) realized in the coating film used in the present invention and the irradiation amount of polarized ultraviolet light that realizes it are obtained.
  • a preferable amount of polarized ultraviolet rays to be irradiated in the production of the liquid crystal alignment film can be determined on the basis of the amount of polarized ultraviolet rays to realize this ⁇ Amax.
  • the amount of irradiation of polarized ultraviolet rays onto the coating film used in the present invention is preferably in the range of 1% to 70% of the amount of polarized ultraviolet rays that realizes ⁇ Amax. More preferably, it is within the range of 50%.
  • the irradiation amount of polarized ultraviolet light within the range of 1% to 50% of the amount of polarized ultraviolet light that realizes ⁇ Amax is 0. 0% of the entire photosensitive group of the side chain polymer film. 1 mol% to 20 mol% corresponds to the amount of polarized ultraviolet light that undergoes a photocrosslinking reaction.
  • a suitable heating temperature as described above is set based on the liquid crystal temperature range of the side chain polymer. It is good to decide. Therefore, for example, when the liquid crystal temperature range of the side chain polymer used in the present invention is 100 ° C. to 200 ° C., the heating temperature after irradiation with polarized ultraviolet light is desirably 90 ° C. to 190 ° C. By doing so, greater anisotropy is imparted to the coating film used in the present invention.
  • the liquid crystal display element provided by the present invention exhibits high reliability against external stresses such as light and heat.
  • the lateral electric field drive type liquid crystal display element substrate produced by the composition of the present invention and the method using the composition or the lateral electric field drive type liquid crystal display element having the substrate has excellent reliability. It can be suitably used for a large-screen high-definition liquid crystal television.
  • MA1 was synthesized by a synthesis method described in a patent document (WO2011-084546).
  • MA2 was synthesized by the synthesis method described in the patent document (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 9-118717).
  • T1 Primid XL-552: (N, N, N ′, N′-tetrakis- (2-hydroxyethyl) -adipamide)
  • T2 Primid SF-4510 T1 and T2 used were purchased commercially.
  • X1 Tetraglycidyldiaminodiphenylmethane (YH-434L) X1 was a commercially purchased product.
  • methacrylate polymer powder 56.0 g of NMP was added to 6.0 g of the obtained powder, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. A methacrylate polymer solution (M1) having a solid content concentration of 10.0 wt% was obtained. The polymer was completely dissolved at the end of stirring.
  • Methyl acrylate (5.68 g, 66 mmol) was added dropwise to an acetonitrile solution (31.5 g) of 1,3-di-4-piperidylpropane (6.31 g, 30 mmol) over 1 hour, followed by stirring at room temperature for 2 hours. did. The resulting solution was concentrated to give T4-1 as a colorless oil.
  • Methyl acrylate (5.68 g, 66 mmol) was added dropwise to an acetonitrile solution (25.2 g) of 4,4′-bipiperidine (5.05 g, 30 mmol) over 1 hour, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The resulting solution was concentrated to obtain T6-1 as a colorless oil.
  • Example 1 BCS 33.33 g and T1 0.15 g were added to 50.0 g of the methacrylic polymer solution M1 obtained in Polymerization Example 1, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours to obtain a liquid crystal aligning agent AL1.
  • Example 2 to 19 Liquid crystal aligning agents AL2 to AL19 of Examples 2 to 19 were obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compositions shown in Table 1 were used, and liquid crystal cells were produced using these. Further, the voltage holding ratio (VHR) and the afterimage characteristics were measured by the same method as in Example 1. The results are also shown in Table 1.
  • liquid crystal cell Using the liquid crystal aligning agent (AL1) obtained above, a liquid crystal cell was prepared according to the procedure shown below.
  • the substrate used was a glass substrate having a size of 30 mm ⁇ 40 mm and a thickness of 0.7 mm, on which comb-like pixel electrodes formed by patterning an ITO film were arranged.
  • the pixel electrode has a comb-like shape configured by arranging a plurality of dog-shaped electrode elements whose central portion is bent. The width in the short direction of each electrode element is 10 ⁇ m, and the distance between the electrode elements is 20 ⁇ m.
  • each pixel electrode forming each pixel is formed by arranging a plurality of bent-shaped electrode elements in the central portion, the shape of each pixel is not rectangular, but in the central portion like the electrode elements. It has a shape that bends and resembles a bold-faced koji.
  • Each pixel is divided into upper and lower portions with a central bent portion as a boundary, and has a first region on the upper side of the bent portion and a second region on the lower side.
  • the formation directions of the electrode elements of the pixel electrodes constituting them are different. That is, when the alignment processing direction of the liquid crystal alignment film described later is used as a reference, the electrode element of the pixel electrode is formed to form an angle of + 15 ° (clockwise) in the first region of the pixel, and in the second region of the pixel.
  • the electrode elements of the pixel electrode are formed so as to form an angle of ⁇ 15 ° (clockwise).
  • the directions of the rotation operation (in-plane switching) of the liquid crystal induced by the voltage application between the pixel electrode and the counter electrode are mutually in the substrate plane. It is comprised so that it may become a reverse direction.
  • the liquid crystal aligning agent (AL1) obtained above was spin-coated on the prepared substrate with electrodes. Subsequently, it dried for 90 second with a 70 degreeC hotplate, and formed the liquid crystal aligning film with a film thickness of 100 nm. Next, the coating film surface was irradiated with 313 nm ultraviolet rays through a polarizing plate at 15 mJ / cm 2 and then heated on a hot plate at 150 ° C. for 10 minutes to obtain a substrate with a liquid crystal alignment film.
  • a coating film was similarly formed on a glass substrate having a columnar spacer with a height of 4 ⁇ m on which no electrode was formed as a counter substrate, and an orientation treatment was performed.
  • a sealant (XN-1500T manufactured by Kyoritsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) was printed on the liquid crystal alignment film of one substrate.
  • the other substrate was bonded so that the liquid crystal alignment film faces each other and the alignment direction was 0 °, and then the sealing agent was thermally cured to produce an empty cell.
  • a liquid crystal cell having a configuration of an IPS (In-Plane Switching) mode liquid crystal display element is injected into this empty cell by a vacuum injection method by injecting liquid crystal MLC-2041 (manufactured by Merck), sealing the injection port. Obtained.
  • IPS In-Plane Switching
  • liquid crystal aligning agents (AL2 to AL9) obtained in Examples 2 to 19
  • liquid crystal cells were prepared using the same method as AL1.
  • VHR Voltage holding ratio evaluation
  • Examples 1, 3, 10 the examples according to the present invention are more detailed in Examples 1, 3, 10 than the comparative example in which the component (A) is common and the component (B) is not included.
  • 12, 14, 16 and Control 1 and Examples 4 to 9 and Control 2 have a smaller ⁇ VHR value, and the voltage holding ratio (VHR) does not decrease due to thermal aging. I understand.
  • a liquid crystal cell was produced in the same manner as the above liquid crystal cell production method except that the firing temperature was 100 ° C. and 150 ° C.
  • the initial value of the voltage holding ratio (VHR) is improved compared to the comparative examples (controls 1 and 3) by including the component (B). It can be seen that there is little change in the voltage holding ratio (VHR) due to the baking temperature, and a good voltage holding ratio can be obtained at a low baking temperature.
  • the liquid crystal cell for IPS mode prepared in Example 1 is installed between two polarizing plates arranged so that the polarization axes are orthogonal to each other, and the backlight is turned on with no voltage applied, and the brightness of the transmitted light
  • the arrangement angle of the liquid crystal cell was adjusted so as to be the smallest.
  • the rotation angle when the liquid crystal cell was rotated from the angle at which the second region of the pixel was darkest to the angle at which the first region was darkest was calculated as the initial orientation azimuth.
  • an alternating voltage of 16 V PP was applied in a 70 ° C. oven at a frequency of 30 Hz for 168 hours.
  • the pixel electrode and the counter electrode of the liquid crystal cell were short-circuited and left as it was at room temperature for 1 hour.
  • the orientation azimuth was measured in the same manner, and the difference in orientation azimuth before and after AC driving was calculated as an angle ⁇ (deg.).
  • the same measurement was performed in other examples. As a result, in all the examples, the angle ⁇ was 0.1 or less.
  • FIG. 1 Side chain polymer membrane 2, 2a Side chain Fig. 2 3 Side chain polymer membrane 4, 4a Side chain Fig. 3 5 Side chain polymer membrane 6, 6a Side chain Fig. 4 7 Side chain polymer membrane 8, 8a Side chain

Abstract

The present invention provides: an in-plane switching liquid crystal display element which is provided with alignment control ability with high efficiency and has excellent image burn-in characteristics; and a novel composition for producing the liquid crystal display element. The present invention solves the above-described problem by a composition which contains (A) a photosensitive side-chain polymer which exhibits liquid crystallinity within a specific temperature range, (B) a compound that has 2-6 nitrogen atoms, to which at least one hydroxyalkyl group is bonded, in each molecule, and (C) an organic solvent.

Description

液晶配向剤、液晶配向膜及び液晶表示素子Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
 本発明は、横電界駆動型液晶表示素子の製造において用いられる液晶配向剤、この液晶配向剤から得られる液晶配向膜及び、この液晶配向膜を利用した液晶表示素子に関する。さらに詳しくは、焼き付き特性に優れる液晶表示素子を製造するための新規な組成物に関する。 The present invention relates to a liquid crystal aligning agent used in the production of a horizontal electric field drive type liquid crystal display element, a liquid crystal aligning film obtained from the liquid crystal aligning agent, and a liquid crystal display element using the liquid crystal aligning film. More specifically, the present invention relates to a novel composition for producing a liquid crystal display device having excellent image sticking characteristics.
 液晶表示素子は、軽量、薄型かつ低消費電力の表示デバイスとして知られ、近年では大型のテレビ用途に用いられるなど、目覚ましい発展を遂げている。液晶表示素子は、例えば、電極を備えた透明な一対の基板により液晶層を挟持して構成される。そして、液晶表示素子では、液晶が基板間で所望の配向状態となるように有機材料からなる有機膜が液晶配向膜として使用されている。 The liquid crystal display element is known as a light, thin, and low power consumption display device and has been remarkably developed in recent years. The liquid crystal display element is configured, for example, by sandwiching a liquid crystal layer between a pair of transparent substrates provided with electrodes. In the liquid crystal display element, an organic film made of an organic material is used as the liquid crystal alignment film so that the liquid crystal is in a desired alignment state between the substrates.
 すなわち、液晶配向膜は、液晶表示素子の構成部材であって、液晶を挟持する基板の液晶と接する面に形成され、その基板間で液晶を一定の方向に配向させるという役割を担っている。そして、液晶配向膜には、液晶を、例えば、基板に対して平行な方向など、一定の方向に配向させるという役割に加え、液晶のプレチルト角を制御するという役割を求められることがある。こうした液晶配向膜における、液晶の配向を制御する能力(以下、配向制御能と言う。)は、液晶配向膜を構成する有機膜に対して配向処理を行うことによって与えられる。 That is, the liquid crystal alignment film is a component of the liquid crystal display element, and is formed on the surface of the substrate that holds the liquid crystal in contact with the liquid crystal, and plays a role of aligning the liquid crystal in a certain direction between the substrates. The liquid crystal alignment film may be required to play a role of controlling the pretilt angle of the liquid crystal in addition to the role of aligning the liquid crystal in a certain direction such as a direction parallel to the substrate. In such a liquid crystal alignment film, the ability to control the alignment of liquid crystal (hereinafter referred to as alignment control ability) is given by performing an alignment treatment on the organic film constituting the liquid crystal alignment film.
 配向制御能を付与するための液晶配向膜の配向処理方法としては、従来からラビング法が知られている。ラビング法とは、基板上のポリビニルアルコールやポリアミドやポリイミド等の有機膜に対し、その表面を綿、ナイロン、ポリエステル等の布で一定方向に擦り(ラビングし)、擦った方向(ラビング方向)に液晶を配向させる方法である。このラビング法は簡便に比較的安定した液晶の配向状態を実現できるため、従来の液晶表示素子の製造プロセスにおいて利用されてきた。そして、液晶配向膜に用いられる有機膜としては、耐熱性等の信頼性や電気的特性に優れたポリイミド系の有機膜が主に選択されてきた。 As a method for aligning a liquid crystal alignment film for imparting alignment control ability, a rubbing method has been conventionally known. The rubbing method is a method of rubbing (rubbing) the surface of an organic film such as polyvinyl alcohol, polyamide or polyimide on a substrate with a cloth such as cotton, nylon or polyester in the rubbing direction (rubbing direction). This is a method of aligning liquid crystals. Since this rubbing method can easily realize a relatively stable alignment state of liquid crystals, it has been used in the manufacturing process of conventional liquid crystal display elements. As an organic film used for the liquid crystal alignment film, a polyimide-based organic film excellent in reliability such as heat resistance and electrical characteristics has been mainly selected.
 しかしながら、ポリイミドなどからなる液晶配向膜の表面を擦るラビング法は、発塵や静電気の発生が問題となることがあった。また、近年の液晶表素子の高精細化や、対応する基板上の電極や液晶駆動用のスイッチング能動素子による凹凸のため、液晶配向膜の表面を布で均一に擦ることができず、均一な液晶の配向を実現できないことがあった。 However, in the rubbing method of rubbing the surface of the liquid crystal alignment film made of polyimide or the like, generation of dust and static electricity may be a problem. In addition, due to the high definition of the liquid crystal surface element in recent years and the unevenness caused by the corresponding electrodes on the substrate and the switching active element for driving the liquid crystal, the surface of the liquid crystal alignment film cannot be uniformly rubbed with a cloth. In some cases, alignment of the liquid crystal could not be realized.
 そこで、ラビングを行わない液晶配向膜の別の配向処理方法として、光配向法が盛んに検討されている。 Therefore, a photo-alignment method has been actively studied as another method for aligning the liquid crystal alignment film without rubbing.
 光配向法には様々な方法があるが、直線偏光またはコリメートした光によって液晶配向膜を構成する有機膜内に異方性を形成し、その異方性に従って液晶を配向させる。 There are various photo alignment methods. Anisotropy is formed in the organic film constituting the liquid crystal alignment film by linearly polarized light or collimated light, and the liquid crystal is aligned according to the anisotropy.
 主な光配向法としては、分解型の光配向法が知られている。この方法では、例えば、ポリイミド膜に偏光紫外線を照射し、分子構造の紫外線吸収の偏光方向依存性を利用して異方的な分解を生じさせる。そして、分解せずに残されたポリイミドにより液晶を配向させるようにする(例えば、特許文献1を参照)。 A decomposition type photo-alignment method is known as a main photo-alignment method. In this method, for example, a polyimide film is irradiated with polarized ultraviolet rays, and anisotropic decomposition is caused by utilizing the polarization direction dependency of ultraviolet absorption of the molecular structure. Then, the liquid crystal is aligned by the polyimide remaining without being decomposed (see, for example, Patent Document 1).
 また、他の光配向法としては、光架橋型や光異性化型の光配向法も知られている。光架橋型の光配向法では、例えば、ポリビニルシンナメートを用い、偏光紫外線を照射し、偏光と平行な2つの側鎖の二重結合部分で二量化反応(架橋反応)を生じさせる。そして、偏光方向と直交した方向に液晶を配向させる(例えば、非特許文献1を参照)。光異性化型の光配向法では、アゾベンゼンを側鎖に有する側鎖型高分子を用いた場合、偏光紫外線を照射し、偏光と平行な側鎖のアゾベンゼン部で異性化反応を生じさせ、偏光方向と直交した方向に液晶を配向させる(例えば、非特許文献2を参照)。 As other photo-alignment methods, photo-crosslinking type and photoisomerization type photo-alignment methods are also known. In the photo-crosslinking type photo-alignment method, for example, polyvinyl cinnamate is used and irradiated with polarized ultraviolet rays to cause a dimerization reaction (cross-linking reaction) at double bond portions of two side chains parallel to the polarized light. Then, the liquid crystal is aligned in a direction orthogonal to the polarization direction (see, for example, Non-Patent Document 1). In the photoisomerization type photo-alignment method, when a side chain type polymer having azobenzene in the side chain is used, polarized ultraviolet light is irradiated to cause an isomerization reaction in the azobenzene portion of the side chain parallel to the polarized light. The liquid crystal is aligned in a direction orthogonal to the direction (see, for example, Non-Patent Document 2).
 以上の例のように、光配向法による液晶配向膜の配向処理方法では、ラビングを不要とし、発塵や静電気の発生の懸念が無い。そして、表面に凹凸のある液晶表示素子の基板に対しても配向処理を施すことができ、工業的な生産プロセスに好適な液晶配向膜の配向処理の方法となる。 As in the above example, the liquid crystal alignment film alignment treatment method by the photo alignment method does not require rubbing, and there is no fear of generation of dust or static electricity. An alignment process can be performed even on a substrate of a liquid crystal display element having an uneven surface, which is a method for aligning a liquid crystal alignment film suitable for an industrial production process.
特許第3893659号公報Japanese Patent No. 3893659
 以上のように、光配向法は、液晶表示素子の配向処理方法として従来から工業的に利用されてきたラビング法と比べてラビング工程そのものを不要とするため、大きな利点を備える。そして、ラビングによって配向制御能がほぼ一定となるラビング法に比べ、光配向法では、偏光した光の照射量を変化させて配向制御能を制御することができる。しかしながら、光配向法では、ラビング法による場合と同程度の配向制御能を実現しようとする場合、大量の偏光した光の照射量が必要となることがあり、安定な液晶の配向が実現できない場合がある。 As described above, the photo-alignment method has a great advantage because the rubbing process itself is not necessary as compared with the rubbing method that has been industrially used as an alignment treatment method for liquid crystal display elements. And compared with the rubbing method in which the alignment control ability becomes almost constant by rubbing, the photo alignment method can control the alignment control ability by changing the irradiation amount of polarized light. However, the photo-alignment method may require a large amount of polarized light irradiation to achieve the same degree of alignment control ability as the rubbing method, and stable liquid crystal alignment cannot be realized. There is.
 例えば、上記した特許文献1に記載の分解型の光配向法では、ポリイミド膜に出力500Wの高圧水銀灯からの紫外光を60分間照射する必要があるなど、長時間かつ大量の紫外線照射が必要となる。また、二量化型や光異性化型の光配向法の場合においても、数J(ジュール)~数十J程度の多くの量の紫外線照射が必要となる場合がある。さらに、光架橋型や光異性化型の光配向法の場合、液晶の配向の熱安定性や光安定性に劣るため、液晶表示素子とした場合に、配向不良や表示焼き付きが発生するといった懸念があった。特に横電界駆動型の液晶表示素子では液晶分子を面内でスイッチングするため、液晶駆動後の液晶の配向ズレが発生しやすく、AC駆動に起因する表示焼き付きが大きな課題とされている。 For example, in the decomposition type photo-alignment method described in Patent Document 1, it is necessary to irradiate the polyimide film with ultraviolet light from a high-pressure mercury lamp with an output of 500 W for 60 minutes. Become. Further, even in the case of dimerization type or photoisomerization type photo-alignment methods, a large amount of ultraviolet irradiation of about several J (joule) to several tens of J may be required. Furthermore, in the case of the photocrosslinking type or photoisomerization type photoalignment method, since the thermal stability and photostability of the liquid crystal alignment are poor, there is a concern that alignment defects and display burn-in may occur when a liquid crystal display element is used. was there. In particular, in a horizontal electric field drive type liquid crystal display element, since liquid crystal molecules are switched in a plane, alignment misalignment of liquid crystal after liquid crystal driving is likely to occur, and display burn-in caused by AC driving is a major issue.
 したがって、光配向法では、配向処理の高効率化や安定な液晶配向の実現が求められており、液晶配向膜への高い配向制御能の付与を高効率に行うことができる液晶配向膜や液晶配向剤が求められている。 Therefore, in the photo-alignment method, there is a demand for higher efficiency of alignment treatment and realization of stable liquid crystal alignment, and liquid crystal alignment films and liquid crystals that can impart high alignment control ability to the liquid crystal alignment film with high efficiency. There is a need for aligning agents.
 本発明は、液晶表示素子の製造において用いられる液晶配向剤、この液晶配向剤から得られる液晶配向膜及び、この液晶配向膜を利用した液晶表示素子を提供することを目的とする。 An object of the present invention is to provide a liquid crystal alignment agent used in the production of a liquid crystal display element, a liquid crystal alignment film obtained from the liquid crystal alignment agent, and a liquid crystal display element using the liquid crystal alignment film.
 本発明者らは、上記課題を達成するべく鋭意検討を行った結果、以下の発明を見出した。
 <1> (A)所定の温度範囲で液晶性を発現する感光性の側鎖型高分子、
 (B)ヒドロキシアルキル基が少なくとも1つ結合した窒素原子を一分子中に2~6個有する化合物、
及び
 (C)有機溶媒
を含有する重合体組成物。
As a result of intensive studies to achieve the above problems, the present inventors have found the following invention.
<1> (A) a photosensitive side chain polymer that exhibits liquid crystallinity in a predetermined temperature range;
(B) a compound having 2 to 6 nitrogen atoms bonded to at least one hydroxyalkyl group in one molecule;
And (C) a polymer composition containing an organic solvent.
 <2> 上記<1>において、(A)成分が、光架橋、光異性化、または光フリース転移を起こす感光性側鎖を有するのがよい。
 <3> 上記<1>又は<2>において、(B)成分のヒドロキシアルキル基が少なくとも1つ結合した窒素原子を一分子中に2~6個有する化合物が、下記式(b)で表されるものであるのがよい。
<2> In the above item <1>, the component (A) preferably has a photosensitive side chain that causes photocrosslinking, photoisomerization, or photofleece transition.
<3> In the above <1> or <2>, a compound having 2 to 6 nitrogen atoms in one molecule to which at least one hydroxyalkyl group of the component (B) is bonded is represented by the following formula (b): It should be a thing.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 
(式中、Rはn価の有機基であり、
 Lは単結合、炭素数1~10のアルキレンまたはN-Xを表し、Xは水素原子またはアルキル基を表し、また、Xは別のXと一緒になってアルキレンを形成しても、Rと結合することにより環構造を形成してもよく、
 Lは単結合または炭素数1~10のアルキレンを表し、
 Lは単結合、NHまたはN-アルキルを表し、
 Lは単結合または炭素数1~10のアルキレンを表し、
 Lは単結合又はカルボニルを表し、LがNHまたはN-アルキルである場合は、LとLとは同時に単結合を表すことはなく、
 LおよびLは、それぞれ独立に炭素数2~20の直鎖又は分岐のアルキレンを表し、
 L、L、L、LおよびLにおけるアルキレンはハロゲン及びヒドロキシ基から選ばれる同一または異なる1以上の置換基で置換されていてもよく、
 nは2~6の整数である。)
 <4> 上記<3>において、nが2または3であるのがよい。
 <5> 上記<3>または<4>において、LおよびLのうち少なくとも1つが下記式(b1)で表されるのがよい。
(In the formula, R 1 is an n-valent organic group,
L 1 represents an alkylene or N-X 1 of a single bond, 1 to 10 carbon atoms, X 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group and, X 1 is form an alkylene and together with another X 1 Or a ring structure may be formed by bonding to R 1 ,
L 2 represents a single bond or alkylene having 1 to 10 carbon atoms,
L 3 represents a single bond, NH or N-alkyl,
L 4 represents a single bond or alkylene having 1 to 10 carbon atoms,
L 5 represents a single bond or carbonyl, and when L 3 is NH or N-alkyl, L 4 and L 5 do not represent a single bond at the same time,
L 6 and L 7 each independently represent a linear or branched alkylene having 2 to 20 carbon atoms,
The alkylene in L 1 , L 2 , L 4 , L 6 and L 7 may be substituted with one or more substituents selected from the same or different from a halogen and a hydroxy group,
n is an integer of 2 to 6. )
<4> In the above item <3>, n is preferably 2 or 3.
<5> In the above item <3> or <4>, at least one of L 6 and L 7 may be represented by the following formula (b1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 
 式中、R~Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、炭化水素基、または、ヒドロキシ基で置換された炭化水素基のいずれかを表す。
<6> 上記<3>~<5>のいずれかにおいて、式(b)におけるLおよびLがともにエチレンを表すのがよい。
<7> 上記<3>~<6>のいずれかにおいて、式(b)におけるRまたはL中において、式(b)のカルボニル基に直接結合する原子が、芳香環を形成していない炭素原子であるのがよい。
<8> 上記<3>~<7>のいずれかにおいて、式(b)におけるRが下記構造で表されるものがよい。
In the formula, R 2 to R 5 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group, or a hydrocarbon group substituted with a hydroxy group.
<6> In any one of the above items <3> to <5>, L 6 and L 7 in the formula (b) may both represent ethylene.
<7> In any one of the above items <3> to <6>, in R 1 or L 1 in formula (b), the atom directly bonded to the carbonyl group in formula (b) does not form an aromatic ring It should be a carbon atom.
<8> In any one of the above items <3> to <7>, R 1 in the formula (b) is preferably represented by the following structure.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 
 <9> 上記<1>~<8>のいずれかにおいて、(A)成分が、下記式(1)~(6)からなる群から選ばれるいずれか1種の感光性側鎖を有するのがよい。 <9> In any one of the above items <1> to <8>, the component (A) has any one photosensitive side chain selected from the group consisting of the following formulas (1) to (6). Good.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
 
式中、A、B、Dはそれぞれ独立に、単結合、-O-、-CH-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-NH-CO-、-CH=CH-CO-O-、又は-O-CO-CH=CH-を表す;
 Sは、炭素数1~12のアルキレン基であり、それらに結合する水素原子はハロゲン基に置き換えられていてもよい;
 Tは、単結合または炭素数1~12のアルキレン基であり、それらに結合する水素原子はハロゲン基に置き換えられていてもよい;
 Yは、1価のベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ビフェニル環、フラン環、ピロール環および炭素数5~8の脂環式炭化水素から選ばれる環を表すか、それらの置換基から選ばれる同一又は相異なった2~6の環が結合基Bを介して結合してなる基であり、それらに結合する水素原子はそれぞれ独立に-COOR(式中、Rは水素原子又は炭素数1~5のアルキル基を表す)、-NO、-CN、-CH=C(CN)、-CH=CH-CN、ハロゲン基、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、又は炭素数1~5のアルキルオキシ基で置換されても良い;
 Yは、2価のベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ビフェニル環、フラン環、ピロール環、炭素数5~8の脂環式炭化水素、および、それらの組み合わせからなる群から選ばれる基であり、それらに結合する水素原子はそれぞれ独立に-NO、-CN、-CH=C(CN)、-CH=CH-CN、ハロゲン基、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、又は炭素数1~5のアルキルオキシ基で置換されても良い;
 Rは、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数1~6のアルコキシ基を表すか、又はYと同じ定義を表す;
 Xは、単結合、-COO-、-OCO-、-N=N-、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-CH=CH-CO-O-、又は-O-CO-CH=CH-を表し、Xの数が2となるときは、X同士は同一でも異なっていてもよい;
 Couは、クマリン-6-イル基またはクマリン-7-イル基を表し、それらに結合する水素原子はそれぞれ独立に-NO、-CN、-CH=C(CN)、-CH=CH-CN、ハロゲン基、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、又は炭素数1~5のアルキルオキシ基で置換されても良い;
 q1とq2は、一方が1で他方が0である;
 q3は0または1である;
 P及びQは、各々独立に、2価のベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ビフェニル環、フラン環、ピロール環、炭素数5~8の脂環式炭化水素、および、それらの組み合わせからなる群から選ばれる基である;ただし、Xが-CH=CH-CO-O-、-O-CO-CH=CH-である場合、-CH=CH-が結合する側のP又はQは芳香環であり、Pの数が2以上となるときは、P同士は同一でも異なっていてもよく、Qの数が2以上となるときは、Q同士は同一でも異なっていてもよい;
 l1は0または1である;
 l2は0~2の整数である;
 l1とl2がともに0であるときは、Tが単結合であるときはAも単結合を表す;
 l1が1であるときは、Tが単結合であるときはBも単結合を表す;
 H及びIは、各々独立に、2価のベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ビフェニル環、フラン環、ピロール環、およびそれらの組み合わせから選ばれる基である。
In the formula, A, B, and D are each independently a single bond, —O—, —CH 2 —, —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NH—CO—, —CH═CH—CO—. Represents O— or —O—CO—CH═CH—;
S is an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and the hydrogen atom bonded thereto may be replaced by a halogen group;
T is a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and a hydrogen atom bonded thereto may be replaced with a halogen group;
Y 1 represents a ring selected from a monovalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring and alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, or the same or selected from those substituents. 2 to 6 different rings are bonded to each other through a bonding group B, and the hydrogen atoms bonded to them are each independently —COOR 0 (wherein R 0 is a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 5 represents an alkyl group), —NO 2 , —CN, —CH═C (CN) 2 , —CH═CH—CN, a halogen group, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms May be substituted with an alkyloxy group;
Y 2 is a group selected from the group consisting of a divalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring, alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, and combinations thereof, The hydrogen atom bonded to each independently represents —NO 2 , —CN, —CH═C (CN) 2 , —CH═CH—CN, a halogen group, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or 1 to 5 carbon atoms. May be substituted with an alkyloxy group of
R represents a hydroxy group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or the same definition as Y 1 ;
X is a single bond, —COO—, —OCO—, —N═N—, —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —CH═CH—CO—O—, or —O—CO—CH═. When CH is 2 and the number of X is 2, X may be the same or different;
Cou represents a coumarin-6-yl group or a coumarin-7-yl group, and the hydrogen atoms bonded thereto are independently —NO 2 , —CN, —CH═C (CN) 2 , —CH═CH— May be substituted with CN, a halogen group, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkyloxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms;
one of q1 and q2 is 1 and the other is 0;
q3 is 0 or 1;
P and Q are each independently selected from the group consisting of a divalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring, alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, and combinations thereof. Provided that when X is —CH═CH—CO—O— or —O—CO—CH═CH—, P or Q on the side to which —CH═CH— is bonded is an aromatic ring; When the number of P is 2 or more, the Ps may be the same or different, and when the number of Q is 2 or more, the Qs may be the same or different;
l1 is 0 or 1;
l2 is an integer from 0 to 2;
when l1 and l2 are both 0, A represents a single bond when T is a single bond;
when l1 is 1, B represents a single bond when T is a single bond;
H and I are each independently a group selected from a divalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring, and combinations thereof.
 <10> 上記<1>~<8>のいずれかにおいて、(A)成分が、下記式(7)~(10)からなる群から選ばれるいずれか1種の感光性側鎖を有するのがよい。
 式中、A、B、D、Y、X、Y、及びRは、上記と同じ定義を有する;
 lは1~12の整数を表す;
 mは、0~2の整数を表し、m1、m2は1~3の整数を表す;
 nは0~12の整数(ただしn=0のときBは単結合である)を表す。
<10> In any one of the above items <1> to <8>, the component (A) has any one photosensitive side chain selected from the group consisting of the following formulas (7) to (10): Good.
In which A, B, D, Y 1 , X, Y 2 and R have the same definition as above;
l represents an integer of 1 to 12;
m represents an integer of 0 to 2, and m1 and m2 represent an integer of 1 to 3;
n represents an integer of 0 to 12 (however, when n = 0, B is a single bond).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 
 <11> 上記<1>~<8>のいずれかにおいて、(A)成分が、下記式(11)~(13)からなる群から選ばれるいずれか1種の感光性側鎖を有するのがよい。
 式中、A、X、l、m、m1及びRは、上記と同じ定義を有する。
<11> In any one of the above items <1> to <8>, the component (A) has any one photosensitive side chain selected from the group consisting of the following formulas (11) to (13): Good.
In the formula, A, X, l, m, m1 and R have the same definition as above.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
 
 <12> 上記<1>~<8>のいずれかにおいて、(A)成分が、下記式(14)又は(15)で表される感光性側鎖を有するのがよい。
 式中、A、Y、l、m1及びm2は上記と同じ定義を有する。
<12> In any one of the above items <1> to <8>, the component (A) preferably has a photosensitive side chain represented by the following formula (14) or (15).
In the formula, A, Y 1 , l, m1 and m2 have the same definition as above.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
 
 <13> 上記<1>~<8>のいずれかにおいて、(A)成分が、下記式(16)又は(17)で表される感光性側鎖を有するのがよい。
 式中、A、X、l及びmは、上記と同じ定義を有する。
<13> In any one of the above items <1> to <8>, the component (A) preferably has a photosensitive side chain represented by the following formula (16) or (17).
In the formula, A, X, l and m have the same definition as above.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
 
 <14> 上記<1>~<8>のいずれかにおいて、(A)成分が、下記式(18)又は(19)で表される感光性側鎖を有するのがよい。
 式中、A、B、Y、q1、q2、m1、及びm2は、上記と同じ定義を有する。
 Rは、水素原子、-NO、-CN、-CH=C(CN)、-CH=CH-CN、ハロゲン基、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、又は炭素数1~5のアルキルオキシ基を表す。
<14> In any one of the above items <1> to <8>, the component (A) preferably has a photosensitive side chain represented by the following formula (18) or (19).
In the formula, A, B, Y 1 , q1, q2, m1, and m2 have the same definition as above.
R 1 is hydrogen atom, -NO 2, -CN, -CH = C (CN) 2, -CH = CH-CN, a halogen group, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or alkyl of 1 to 5 carbon atoms Represents an oxy group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
 
 <15> 上記<1>~<8>のいずれかにおいて、(A)成分が、下記式(20)で表される感光性側鎖を有するのがよい。
 式中、A、Y、X、l及びmは上記と同じ定義を有する。
<15> In any one of the above items <1> to <8>, the component (A) preferably has a photosensitive side chain represented by the following formula (20).
In the formula, A, Y 1 , X, l and m have the same definition as above.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
 
 <16> 上記<1>~<15>のいずれかにおいて、(A)成分が、下記式(21)~(31)からなる群から選ばれるいずれか1種の液晶性側鎖を有するのがよい。
 式中、A及びBは上記と同じ定義を有する;
 Yは、1価のベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ビフェニル環、フラン環、窒素含有複素環、及び炭素数5~8の脂環式炭化水素、および、それらの組み合わせからなる群から選ばれる基であり、それらに結合する水素原子はそれぞれ独立に-NO、-CN、ハロゲン基、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、又は炭素数1~5のアルキルオキシ基で置換されても良い;
 Rは、水素原子、-NO、-CN、-CH=C(CN)、-CH=CH-CN、ハロゲン基、1価のベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ビフェニル環、フラン環、窒素含有複素環、炭素数5~8の脂環式炭化水素、炭素数1~12のアルキル基、又は炭素数1~12のアルコキシ基を表す;
 q1とq2は、一方が1で他方が0である;
 lは1~12の整数を表し、mは0から2の整数を表し、但し、式(23)~(24)において、全てのmの合計は2以上であり、式(25)~(26)において、全てのmの合計は1以上であり、m1、m2およびm3は、それぞれ独立に1~3の整数を表す;
 Rは、水素原子、-NO、-CN、ハロゲン基、1価のベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ビフェニル環、フラン環、窒素含有複素環、及び炭素数5~8の脂環式炭化水素、および、アルキル基、又はアルキルオキシ基を表す;
 Z、Zは単結合、-CO-、-CHO-、-CH=N-、-CF-を表す。
<16> In any one of the above items <1> to <15>, the component (A) has any one liquid crystalline side chain selected from the group consisting of the following formulas (21) to (31): Good.
In which A and B have the same definition as above;
Y 3 is a group selected from the group consisting of a monovalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, nitrogen-containing heterocycle, alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, and combinations thereof. And each hydrogen atom bonded thereto may be independently substituted with —NO 2 , —CN, a halogen group, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkyloxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms;
R 3 is a hydrogen atom, —NO 2 , —CN, —CH═C (CN) 2 , —CH═CH—CN, halogen group, monovalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, nitrogen-containing Represents a heterocyclic ring, an alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms;
one of q1 and q2 is 1 and the other is 0;
l represents an integer of 1 to 12, m represents an integer of 0 to 2, provided that in formulas (23) to (24), the sum of all m is 2 or more, and formulas (25) to (26 ), The sum of all m is 1 or more, and m1, m2 and m3 each independently represents an integer of 1 to 3;
R 2 is a hydrogen atom, —NO 2 , —CN, a halogen group, a monovalent benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, a biphenyl ring, a furan ring, a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring, and an alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, And represents an alkyl group or an alkyloxy group;
Z 1 and Z 2 each represents a single bond, —CO—, —CH 2 O—, —CH═N—, —CF 2 —.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
 
 <17> [I] 上記<1>~<16>のいずれかに記載の組成物を、横電界駆動用の導電膜を有する基板上に塗布して塗膜を形成する工程;
 [II] [I]で得られた塗膜に偏光した紫外線を照射する工程;及び
 [III] [II]で得られた塗膜を加熱する工程;
を有することによって配向制御能が付与された横電界駆動型液晶表示素子用液晶配向膜を得る、前記液晶配向膜を有する基板の製造方法。
 <18> 上記<17>記載の製造方法より製造された横電界駆動型液晶表示素子用液晶配向膜を有する基板。
 <19> 上記<18>の基板を有する横電界駆動型液晶表示素子。
<17> [I] A step of applying the composition according to any one of <1> to <16> above onto a substrate having a conductive film for driving a lateral electric field to form a coating film;
[II] a step of irradiating the coating film obtained in [I] with polarized ultraviolet rays; and [III] a step of heating the coating film obtained in [II];
The manufacturing method of the board | substrate which has the said liquid crystal aligning film which obtains the liquid crystal aligning film for horizontal electric field drive type liquid crystal display elements by which orientation control ability was provided by having.
<18> A substrate having a liquid crystal alignment film for a lateral electric field drive type liquid crystal display device manufactured by the manufacturing method according to <17>.
<19> A lateral electric field drive type liquid crystal display device having the substrate of <18> above.
 <20> 上記<18>の基板(第1の基板)を準備する工程;
 [I’] 第2の基板上に
 (A)所定の温度範囲で液晶性を発現する感光性の側鎖型高分子、
 (B)ヒドロキシアルキル基が少なくとも1つ結合した窒素原子を一分子中に2~6個有する化合物、及び
 (C)有機溶媒
を含有する重合体組成物を、塗布して塗膜を形成する工程;
 [II’] [I’]で得られた塗膜に偏光した紫外線を照射する工程;及び
 [III’] [II’]で得られた塗膜を加熱する工程;
を有することによって配向制御能が付与された液晶配向膜を得る、該液晶配向膜を有する第2の基板を得る工程;及び
 [IV] 液晶を介して第1及び第2の基板の液晶配向膜が相対するように、第1及び第2の基板を対向配置して液晶表示素子を得る工程;
を有することにより、横電界駆動型液晶表示素子を得る、該液晶表示素子の製造方法。
<20> a step of preparing a substrate (first substrate) of <18>above;
[I ′] on a second substrate (A) a photosensitive side chain polymer that exhibits liquid crystallinity in a predetermined temperature range;
(B) A step of applying a polymer composition containing 2 to 6 nitrogen atoms bonded to at least one hydroxyalkyl group in one molecule and (C) an organic solvent to form a coating film ;
[II ′] a step of irradiating the coating film obtained in [I ′] with polarized ultraviolet rays; and [III ′] a step of heating the coating film obtained in [II ′];
Obtaining a liquid crystal alignment film imparted with alignment control ability by having a second substrate having the liquid crystal alignment film; and [IV] liquid crystal alignment films of the first and second substrates via liquid crystal The liquid crystal display element is obtained by disposing the first and second substrates so as to face each other;
A method for producing a liquid crystal display element, comprising obtaining a lateral electric field drive type liquid crystal display element.
 <21> 上記<20>により製造された横電界駆動型液晶表示素子。 <21> A lateral electric field drive type liquid crystal display device manufactured according to the above <20>.
 本発明により、高効率で配向制御能が付与され、焼き付き特性に優れた、横電界駆動型液晶表示素子用液晶配向膜を有する基板及び該基板を有する横電界駆動型液晶表示素子を提供することができる。
 本発明は、長期に亘る熱ストレスによっても熱劣化が少ない液晶配向膜及び高温環境下においても安定して高い表示品位を示す液晶表示素子製造方法の提供が可能であり、特に横電界駆動型液晶表示素子に適している。
 本発明の方法によって製造された横電界駆動型液晶表示素子は、高効率に配向制御能が付与されているため長時間連続駆動しても表示特性が損なわれることがない。
 また、本発明において、(B)成分であるヒドロキシアルキル基が少なくとも1つ結合した窒素原子を一分子中に2~6個有する化合物を重合体組成物に含有させることにより、高温環境下において長期に亘って電圧保持率の低下することがない液晶配向膜を形成することが出来る。加えて焼成温度によって電圧保持率の変化が少ない液晶配向膜を形成することが出来る。すなわち長期に亘る熱ストレスによっても熱劣化が少ない液晶配向膜及び高温環境下においても安定して高い表示品位を示す液晶表示素子を提供することが可能である。
According to the present invention, there are provided a substrate having a liquid crystal alignment film for a horizontal electric field drive type liquid crystal display element which is provided with high efficiency and orientation control ability and has excellent image sticking characteristics, and a horizontal electric field drive type liquid crystal display element having the substrate. Can do.
INDUSTRIAL APPLICABILITY The present invention can provide a liquid crystal alignment film that is less likely to be deteriorated by thermal stress over a long period of time, and a method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element that exhibits stable and high display quality even in a high temperature environment. Suitable for display elements.
Since the lateral electric field drive type liquid crystal display device manufactured by the method of the present invention is provided with the alignment control ability with high efficiency, the display characteristics are not impaired even when continuously driven for a long time.
In the present invention, the polymer composition contains a compound having 2 to 6 nitrogen atoms bonded to at least one hydroxyalkyl group as the component (B) in a molecule, so that it can be used for a long time in a high temperature environment. Thus, it is possible to form a liquid crystal alignment film in which the voltage holding ratio does not decrease. In addition, it is possible to form a liquid crystal alignment film with little change in voltage holding ratio depending on the firing temperature. That is, it is possible to provide a liquid crystal alignment film that is less susceptible to thermal degradation due to thermal stress over a long period of time and a liquid crystal display element that stably exhibits high display quality even in a high temperature environment.
本発明に用いる液晶配向膜の製造方法における異方性の導入処理を模式的に説明する一つの例の図であり、感光性の側鎖に架橋性の有機基を用い、導入された異方性が小さい場合の図である。It is a figure of one example which illustrates typically the introduction process of the anisotropy in the manufacturing method of the liquid crystal aligning film used for this invention, using the crosslinkable organic group for the photosensitive side chain, and introduced the anisotropic It is a figure when property is small. 本発明に用いる液晶配向膜の製造方法における異方性の導入処理を模式的に説明する一つの例の図であり、感光性の側鎖に架橋性の有機基を用い、導入された異方性が大きい場合の図である。It is a figure of one example which illustrates typically the introduction process of the anisotropy in the manufacturing method of the liquid crystal aligning film used for this invention, using the crosslinkable organic group for the photosensitive side chain, and introduced the anisotropic It is a figure when the property is large. 本発明に用いる液晶配向膜の製造方法における異方性の導入処理を模式的に説明する一つの例の図であり、感光性の側鎖にフリース転移又は異性化を起こす有機基を用い、導入された異方性が小さい場合の図である。It is a figure of one example which illustrates typically the introduction processing of anisotropy in the manufacturing method of the liquid crystal aligning film used for the present invention, using the organic group which causes fleece transition or isomerization to the photosensitive side chain, and is introduced. It is a figure in case the anisotropy made is small. 本発明に用いる液晶配向膜の製造方法における異方性の導入処理を模式的に説明する一つの例の図であり、感光性の側鎖にフリース転移又は異性化を起こす有機基を用い、導入された異方性が大きい場合の図である。It is a figure of one example which illustrates typically the introduction processing of anisotropy in the manufacturing method of the liquid crystal aligning film used for the present invention, using the organic group which causes fleece transition or isomerization to the photosensitive side chain, and is introduced. It is a figure in case the anisotropy made is large.
 本発明者は、鋭意研究を行った結果、以下の知見を得て本発明を完成するに至った。
 本発明の重合体組成物は、液晶性を発現し得る感光性の側鎖型高分子(以下、単に側鎖型高分子とも呼ぶ)を有しており、前記重合体組成物を用いて得られる塗膜は、液晶性を発現し得る感光性の側鎖型高分子を有する膜である。この塗膜にはラビング処理を行うこと無く、偏光照射によって配向処理を行う。そして、偏光照射の後、その側鎖型高分子膜を加熱する工程を経て、配向制御能が付与された塗膜(以下、液晶配向膜とも称する)となる。このとき、偏光照射によって発現した僅かな異方性がドライビングフォースとなり、液晶性の側鎖型高分子自体が自己組織化により効率的に再配向する。その結果、液晶配向膜として高効率な配向処理が実現し、高い配向制御能が付与された液晶配向膜を得ることができる。
As a result of intensive studies, the inventor has obtained the following knowledge and completed the present invention.
The polymer composition of the present invention has a photosensitive side chain polymer (hereinafter also simply referred to as a side chain polymer) that can exhibit liquid crystallinity, and is obtained using the polymer composition. The obtained coating film is a film having a photosensitive side chain polymer that can exhibit liquid crystallinity. This coating film is subjected to orientation treatment by irradiation with polarized light without being rubbed. And after polarized light irradiation, it will become the coating film (henceforth a liquid crystal aligning film) to which the orientation control ability was provided through the process of heating the side chain type polymer film. At this time, the slight anisotropy developed by the irradiation of polarized light becomes a driving force, and the liquid crystalline side chain polymer itself is efficiently reoriented by self-organization. As a result, a highly efficient alignment process can be realized as the liquid crystal alignment film, and a liquid crystal alignment film with high alignment control ability can be obtained.
 また、本発明における重合体組成物では、(A)成分である側鎖型高分子と(C)成分である有機溶媒に加えて、(B)成分としてヒドロキシアルキル基が少なくとも1つ結合した窒素原子を一分子中に2~6個有する化合物を使用する。これにより、長期に亘る高温環境下においても熱劣化が少なく高い電圧保持率を示す。加えて焼成温度によって電圧保持率の変化が少ない液晶配向膜を形成することが出来る。特に、ヒドロキシアルキル基が少なくとも1つ結合した窒素原子を一分子中に2~6個有する化合物として特定のものを使用することでその効果は増大した。本発明者らは、これらの現象は、(B)成分を加えることによるものとの点に加えて、(A)成分と(B)成分とが相互作用を発揮して、所望の効果を飛躍的に高めていると考えた(なおこれらは本発明のメカニズムに関する発明者の見解を含むものであり、本発明を拘束するものではない)。 In the polymer composition of the present invention, in addition to the side chain polymer as the component (A) and the organic solvent as the component (C), nitrogen having at least one hydroxyalkyl group bonded as the component (B) A compound having 2 to 6 atoms in one molecule is used. Thereby, even in a high temperature environment over a long period of time, there is little thermal deterioration and a high voltage holding ratio is exhibited. In addition, it is possible to form a liquid crystal alignment film with little change in voltage holding ratio depending on the firing temperature. In particular, the effect was increased by using a specific compound having 2 to 6 nitrogen atoms bonded to at least one hydroxyalkyl group in one molecule. In addition to the fact that these phenomena are caused by the addition of the component (B), the present inventors exerted the interaction between the component (A) and the component (B), and jumped to the desired effect. (Note that these include the inventor's view on the mechanism of the present invention and do not bind the present invention).
 以下、本発明の実施形態について詳しく説明する。
<液晶配向膜を有する基板の製造方法>及び<液晶表示素子の製造方法>
 本発明の液晶配向膜を有する基板の製造方法は、
 [I] (A)所定の温度範囲で液晶性を発現する感光性の側鎖型高分子、
 (B)ヒドロキシアルキル基が少なくとも1つ結合した窒素原子を一分子中に2~6個有する化合物、及び
 (C)有機溶媒
を含有する重合体組成物を、横電界駆動用の導電膜を有する基板上に塗布して塗膜を形成する工程;
 [II] [I]で得られた塗膜に偏光した紫外線を照射する工程;及び
 [III] [II]で得られた塗膜を加熱する工程;
を有する。
 上記工程により、配向制御能が付与された横電界駆動型液晶表示素子用液晶配向膜を得ることができ、該液晶配向膜を有する基板を得ることができる。
Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described in detail.
<Manufacturing method of substrate having liquid crystal alignment film> and <Manufacturing method of liquid crystal display element>
The method for producing a substrate having the liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention is
[I] (A) a photosensitive side chain polymer that exhibits liquid crystallinity in a predetermined temperature range;
(B) a compound having 2 to 6 nitrogen atoms bonded to at least one hydroxyalkyl group in one molecule, and (C) a polymer composition containing an organic solvent, having a conductive film for driving a lateral electric field Applying on the substrate to form a coating film;
[II] a step of irradiating the coating film obtained in [I] with polarized ultraviolet rays; and [III] a step of heating the coating film obtained in [II];
Have
Through the above steps, a liquid crystal alignment film for a lateral electric field drive type liquid crystal display element to which alignment control ability is imparted can be obtained, and a substrate having the liquid crystal alignment film can be obtained.
 また、上記得られた基板(第1の基板)の他に、第2の基板を準備することにより、横電界駆動型液晶表示素子を得ることができる。
 第2の基板は、横電界駆動用の導電膜を有する基板に代わって、横電界駆動用の導電膜を有しない基板を用いる以外、上記工程[I]~[III](横電界駆動用の導電膜を有しない基板を用いるため、便宜上、本願において、工程[I’]~[III’]と略記する場合がある)を用いることにより、配向制御能が付与された液晶配向膜を有する第2の基板を得ることができる。
Further, by preparing a second substrate in addition to the obtained substrate (first substrate), a lateral electric field drive type liquid crystal display element can be obtained.
For the second substrate, instead of using a substrate having no lateral electric field driving conductive film instead of a substrate having a lateral electric field driving conductive film, the above steps [I] to [III] (for lateral electric field driving) Since a substrate having no conductive film is used, for the sake of convenience, in this application, the steps [I ′] to [III ′] may be abbreviated as steps), thereby providing a first liquid crystal alignment film having alignment controllability. Two substrates can be obtained.
 横電界駆動型液晶表示素子の製造方法は、
 [IV] 上記で得られた第1及び第2の基板を、液晶を介して第1及び第2の基板の液晶配向膜が相対するように、対向配置して液晶表示素子を得る工程;
を有する。これにより横電界駆動型液晶表示素子を得ることができる。
The manufacturing method of the horizontal electric field drive type liquid crystal display element is:
[IV] A step of obtaining a liquid crystal display element by arranging the first and second substrates obtained above so that the liquid crystal alignment films of the first and second substrates face each other with liquid crystal interposed therebetween;
Have Thereby, a horizontal electric field drive type liquid crystal display element can be obtained.
 以下、本発明の製造方法の有する[I]~[III]、および[IV]の各工程について説明する。
<工程[I]>
 工程[I]では、横電界駆動用の導電膜を有する基板上に、所定の温度範囲で液晶性を発現する感光性の側鎖型高分子、ポリウレア、及び有機溶媒を含有する重合体組成物を塗布して塗膜を形成する。
The steps [I] to [III] and [IV] of the production method of the present invention will be described below.
<Process [I]>
In step [I], a polymer composition comprising a photosensitive side chain polymer that exhibits liquid crystallinity in a predetermined temperature range, a polyurea, and an organic solvent on a substrate having a conductive film for driving a lateral electric field. Is applied to form a coating film.
<基板>
 基板については、特に限定はされないが、製造される液晶表示素子が透過型である場合、透明性の高い基板が用いられることが好ましい。その場合、特に限定はされず、ガラス基板、またはアクリル基板やポリカーボネート基板等のプラスチック基板等を用いることができる。
 また、反射型の液晶表示素子への適用を考慮し、シリコンウェハなどの不透明な基板も使用できる。
<Board>
Although it does not specifically limit about a board | substrate, When the liquid crystal display element manufactured is a transmission type, it is preferable that a highly transparent board | substrate is used. In that case, there is no particular limitation, and a glass substrate or a plastic substrate such as an acrylic substrate or a polycarbonate substrate can be used.
In consideration of application to a reflective liquid crystal display element, an opaque substrate such as a silicon wafer can also be used.
<横電界駆動用の導電膜>
 基板は、横電界駆動用の導電膜を有する。
 該導電膜として、液晶表示素子が透過型である場合、ITO(Indium Tin Oxide:酸化インジウムスズ)、IZO(Indium Zinc Oxide:酸化インジウム亜鉛)などを挙げることができるが、これらに限定されない。
 また、反射型の液晶表示素子の場合、導電膜として、アルミなどの光を反射する材料などを挙げることができるがこれらに限定されない。
 基板に導電膜を形成する方法は、従来公知の手法を用いることができる。
<Conductive film for driving lateral electric field>
The substrate has a conductive film for driving a lateral electric field.
Examples of the conductive film include, but are not limited to, ITO (Indium Tin Oxide) and IZO (Indium Zinc Oxide) when the liquid crystal display element is a transmission type.
In the case of a reflective liquid crystal display element, examples of the conductive film include a material that reflects light such as aluminum, but are not limited thereto.
As a method for forming a conductive film on a substrate, a conventionally known method can be used.
<重合体組成物>
 横電界駆動用の導電膜を有する基板上、特に導電膜上に、重合体組成物を塗布する。
 本発明の製造方法に用いられる、該重合体組成物は、(A)所定の温度範囲で液晶性を発現する感光性の側鎖型高分子;(B)ヒドロキシアルキル基が少なくとも1つ結合した窒素原子を一分子中に2~6個有する化合物;及び(C)有機溶媒;を含有する。
<Polymer composition>
A polymer composition is applied on a substrate having a conductive film for driving a lateral electric field, particularly on the conductive film.
The polymer composition used in the production method of the present invention comprises: (A) a photosensitive side chain polymer that exhibits liquid crystallinity within a predetermined temperature range; and (B) at least one hydroxyalkyl group bonded thereto. A compound having 2 to 6 nitrogen atoms in one molecule; and (C) an organic solvent.
<<(A)側鎖型高分子>>
 (A)成分は、所定の温度範囲で液晶性を発現する感光性の側鎖型高分子である。
 (A)側鎖型高分子は、250nm~400nmの波長範囲の光で反応し、かつ100℃~300℃の温度範囲で液晶性を示すのがよい。
 (A)側鎖型高分子は、250nm~400nmの波長範囲の光に反応する感光性側鎖を有することが好ましい。
 (A)側鎖型高分子は、100℃~300℃の温度範囲で液晶性を示すためメソゲン基を有することが好ましい。
<< (A) Side chain polymer >>
The component (A) is a photosensitive side chain polymer that exhibits liquid crystallinity within a predetermined temperature range.
The (A) side chain polymer preferably reacts with light in the wavelength range of 250 nm to 400 nm and exhibits liquid crystallinity in the temperature range of 100 ° C. to 300 ° C.
The (A) side chain polymer preferably has a photosensitive side chain that reacts with light in the wavelength range of 250 nm to 400 nm.
The (A) side chain polymer preferably has a mesogenic group in order to exhibit liquid crystallinity in the temperature range of 100 ° C to 300 ° C.
 (A)側鎖型高分子は、主鎖に感光性を有する側鎖が結合しており、光に感応して架橋反応、異性化反応、または光フリース転位を起こすことができる。感光性を有する側鎖の構造は特に限定されないが、光に感応して架橋反応、または光フリース転位を起こす構造が望ましく、架橋反応を起こすものがより望ましい。この場合、熱などの外部ストレスに曝されたとしても、実現された配向制御能を長期間安定に保持することができる。液晶性を発現し得る感光性の側鎖型高分子の構造は、そうした特性を満足するものであれば特に限定されないが、側鎖構造に剛直なメソゲン成分を有することが好ましい。この場合、該側鎖型高分子を液晶配向膜とした際に、安定な液晶配向を得ることができる。 (A) The side chain type polymer has a photosensitive side chain bonded to the main chain, and can cause a crosslinking reaction, an isomerization reaction, or a light fleece rearrangement in response to light. The structure of the side chain having photosensitivity is not particularly limited, but a structure that undergoes a crosslinking reaction or photofleece rearrangement in response to light is desirable, and a structure that causes a crosslinking reaction is more desirable. In this case, even if exposed to external stress such as heat, the achieved orientation control ability can be stably maintained for a long period of time. The structure of the photosensitive side chain polymer capable of exhibiting liquid crystallinity is not particularly limited as long as it satisfies such characteristics, but it is preferable to have a rigid mesogenic component in the side chain structure. In this case, stable liquid crystal alignment can be obtained when the side chain polymer is used as a liquid crystal alignment film.
 該高分子の構造は、例えば、主鎖とそれに結合する側鎖を有し、その側鎖が、ビフェニル基、ターフェニル基、フェニルシクロヘキシル基、フェニルベンゾエート基、アゾベンゼン基などのメソゲン成分と、先端部に結合された、光に感応して架橋反応や異性化反応をする感光性基とを有する構造や、主鎖とそれに結合する側鎖を有し、その側鎖がメソゲン成分ともなり、かつ光フリース転位反応をするフェニルベンゾエート基を有する構造とすることができる。 The polymer structure has, for example, a main chain and a side chain bonded to the main chain, and the side chain includes a mesogenic component such as a biphenyl group, a terphenyl group, a phenylcyclohexyl group, a phenylbenzoate group, and an azobenzene group, and a tip. A structure having a photosensitive group bonded to a moiety, which undergoes a crosslinking reaction or an isomerization reaction in response to light, or a main chain and a side chain bonded to the main chain, and the side chain also serves as a mesogenic component, and A structure having a phenylbenzoate group that undergoes a photo-Fries rearrangement reaction can be obtained.
 液晶性を発現し得る感光性の側鎖型高分子の構造のより具体的な例としては、炭化水素、(メタ)アクリレート、イタコネート、フマレート、マレエート、α-メチレン-γ-ブチロラクトン、スチレン、ビニル、マレイミド、ノルボルネン等のラジカル重合性基およびシロキサンからなる群から選択される少なくとも1種から構成された主鎖と、下記式(1)から(6)の少なくとも1種からなる側鎖を有する構造であることが好ましい。 More specific examples of the structure of the photosensitive side chain polymer that can exhibit liquid crystallinity include hydrocarbon, (meth) acrylate, itaconate, fumarate, maleate, α-methylene-γ-butyrolactone, styrene, vinyl , A main chain composed of at least one selected from the group consisting of radical polymerizable groups such as maleimide and norbornene and siloxane, and a side chain consisting of at least one of the following formulas (1) to (6) It is preferable that
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
 
 式中、A、B、Dはそれぞれ独立に、単結合、-O-、-CH-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-NH-CO-、-CH=CH-CO-O-、又は-O-CO-CH=CH-を表す;
 Sは、炭素数1~12のアルキレン基であり、それらに結合する水素原子はハロゲン基に置き換えられていてもよい;
 Tは、単結合または炭素数1~12のアルキレン基であり、それらに結合する水素原子はハロゲン基に置き換えられていてもよい;
 Yは、1価のベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ビフェニル環、フラン環、ピロール環および炭素数5~8の脂環式炭化水素から選ばれる環を表すか、それらの置換基から選ばれる同一又は相異なった2~6の環が結合基Bを介して結合してなる基であり、それらに結合する水素原子はそれぞれ独立に-COOR(式中、Rは水素原子又は炭素数1~5のアルキル基を表す)、-NO、-CN、-CH=C(CN)、-CH=CH-CN、ハロゲン基、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、又は炭素数1~5のアルキルオキシ基で置換されても良い;
 Yは、2価のベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ビフェニル環、フラン環、ピロール環、炭素数5~8の脂環式炭化水素、および、それらの組み合わせからなる群から選ばれる基であり、それらに結合する水素原子はそれぞれ独立に-NO、-CN、-CH=C(CN)、-CH=CH-CN、ハロゲン基、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、又は炭素数1~5のアルキルオキシ基で置換されても良い;
 Rは、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数1~6のアルコキシ基を表すか、又はYと同じ定義を表す;
 Xは、単結合、-COO-、-OCO-、-N=N-、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-CH=CH-CO-O-、又は-O-CO-CH=CH-を表し、Xの数が2となるときは、X同士は同一でも異なっていてもよい;
 Couは、クマリン-6-イル基またはクマリン-7-イル基を表し、それらに結合する水素原子はそれぞれ独立に-NO、-CN、-CH=C(CN)、-CH=CH-CN、ハロゲン基、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、又は炭素数1~5のアルキルオキシ基で置換されても良い;
 q1とq2は、一方が1で他方が0である;
 q3は0または1である;
 P及びQは、各々独立に、2価のベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ビフェニル環、フラン環、ピロール環、炭素数5~8の脂環式炭化水素、および、それらの組み合わせからなる群から選ばれる基である;ただし、Xが-CH=CH-CO-O-、-O-CO-CH=CH-である場合、-CH=CH-が結合する側のP又はQは芳香環であり、Pの数が2以上となるときは、P同士は同一でも異なっていてもよく、Qの数が2以上となるときは、Q同士は同一でも異なっていてもよい;
 l1は0または1である;
 l2は0~2の整数である;
 l1とl2がともに0であるときは、Tが単結合であるときはAも単結合を表す;
 l1が1であるときは、Tが単結合であるときはBも単結合を表す;
 H及びIは、各々独立に、2価のベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ビフェニル環、フラン環、ピロール環、およびそれらの組み合わせから選ばれる基である。
In the formula, A, B, and D are each independently a single bond, —O—, —CH 2 —, —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NH—CO—, —CH═CH—CO—. Represents O— or —O—CO—CH═CH—;
S is an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and the hydrogen atom bonded thereto may be replaced by a halogen group;
T is a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and a hydrogen atom bonded thereto may be replaced with a halogen group;
Y 1 represents a ring selected from a monovalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring and alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, or the same or selected from those substituents. 2 to 6 different rings are bonded to each other through a bonding group B, and the hydrogen atoms bonded to them are each independently —COOR 0 (wherein R 0 is a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 5 represents an alkyl group), —NO 2 , —CN, —CH═C (CN) 2 , —CH═CH—CN, a halogen group, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms May be substituted with an alkyloxy group;
Y 2 is a group selected from the group consisting of a divalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring, alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, and combinations thereof, The hydrogen atom bonded to each independently represents —NO 2 , —CN, —CH═C (CN) 2 , —CH═CH—CN, a halogen group, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or 1 to 5 carbon atoms. May be substituted with an alkyloxy group of
R represents a hydroxy group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or the same definition as Y 1 ;
X is a single bond, —COO—, —OCO—, —N═N—, —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —CH═CH—CO—O—, or —O—CO—CH═. When CH is 2 and the number of X is 2, X may be the same or different;
Cou represents a coumarin-6-yl group or a coumarin-7-yl group, and the hydrogen atoms bonded thereto are independently —NO 2 , —CN, —CH═C (CN) 2 , —CH═CH— May be substituted with CN, a halogen group, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkyloxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms;
one of q1 and q2 is 1 and the other is 0;
q3 is 0 or 1;
P and Q are each independently selected from the group consisting of a divalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring, alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, and combinations thereof. Provided that when X is —CH═CH—CO—O— or —O—CO—CH═CH—, P or Q on the side to which —CH═CH— is bonded is an aromatic ring; When the number of P is 2 or more, the Ps may be the same or different, and when the number of Q is 2 or more, the Qs may be the same or different;
l1 is 0 or 1;
l2 is an integer from 0 to 2;
when l1 and l2 are both 0, A represents a single bond when T is a single bond;
when l1 is 1, B represents a single bond when T is a single bond;
H and I are each independently a group selected from a divalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring, and combinations thereof.
 側鎖は、下記式(7)~(10)からなる群から選ばれるいずれか1種の感光性側鎖であるのがよい。
 式中、A、B、D、Y、X、Y、及びRは、上記と同じ定義を有する;
 lは1~12の整数を表す;
 mは、0~2の整数を表し、m1、m2は1~3の整数を表す;
 nは0~12の整数(ただしn=0のときBは単結合である)を表す。
The side chain may be any one type of photosensitive side chain selected from the group consisting of the following formulas (7) to (10).
In which A, B, D, Y 1 , X, Y 2 and R have the same definition as above;
l represents an integer of 1 to 12;
m represents an integer of 0 to 2, and m1 and m2 represent an integer of 1 to 3;
n represents an integer of 0 to 12 (however, when n = 0, B is a single bond).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
 
 側鎖は、下記式(11)~(13)からなる群から選ばれるいずれか1種の感光性側鎖であるのがよい。
 式中、A、X、l、m、m1及びRは、上記と同じ定義を有する。
The side chain may be any one type of photosensitive side chain selected from the group consisting of the following formulas (11) to (13).
In the formula, A, X, l, m, m1 and R have the same definition as above.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
 
 側鎖は、下記式(14)又は(15)で表される感光性側鎖であるのがよい。
 式中、A、Y、l、m1及びm2は上記と同じ定義を有する。
The side chain may be a photosensitive side chain represented by the following formula (14) or (15).
In the formula, A, Y 1 , l, m1 and m2 have the same definition as above.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
 
 側鎖は、下記式(16)又は(17)で表される感光性側鎖であるのがよい。
 式中、A、X、l及びmは、上記と同じ定義を有する。
The side chain may be a photosensitive side chain represented by the following formula (16) or (17).
In the formula, A, X, l and m have the same definition as above.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
 
 また、側鎖は、下記式(18)又は(19)で表される感光性側鎖であるのがよい。
 式中、A、B、Y1、q1、q2、m1、及びm2は、上記と同じ定義を有する。
 Rは、水素原子、-NO、-CN、-CH=C(CN)、-CH=CH-CN、ハロゲン基、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、又は炭素数1~5のアルキルオキシ基を表す。
The side chain is preferably a photosensitive side chain represented by the following formula (18) or (19).
In the formula, A, B, Y1, q1, q2, m1, and m2 have the same definition as above.
R 1 is hydrogen atom, -NO 2, -CN, -CH = C (CN) 2, -CH = CH-CN, a halogen group, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or alkyl of 1 to 5 carbon atoms Represents an oxy group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
 
 側鎖は、下記式(20)で表される感光性側鎖であるのがよい。
 式中、A、Y、X、l及びmは上記と同じ定義を有する。
The side chain is preferably a photosensitive side chain represented by the following formula (20).
In the formula, A, Y 1 , X, l and m have the same definition as above.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
 
 また、(A)側鎖型高分子は、下記式(21)~(31)からなる群から選ばれるいずれか1種の液晶性側鎖を有するのがよい。
 式中、A、B、q1及びq2は上記と同じ定義を有する;
 Yは、1価のベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ビフェニル環、フラン環、窒素含有複素環、及び炭素数5~8の脂環式炭化水素、および、それらの組み合わせからなる群から選ばれる基であり、それらに結合する水素原子はそれぞれ独立に-NO、-CN、ハロゲン基、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、又は炭素数1~5のアルキルオキシ基で置換されても良い;
 Rは、水素原子、-NO、-CN、-CH=C(CN)、-CH=CH-CN、ハロゲン基、1価のベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ビフェニル環、フラン環、窒素含有複素環、炭素数5~8の脂環式炭化水素、炭素数1~12のアルキル基、又は炭素数1~12のアルコキシ基を表す;
 lは1~12の整数を表し、mは0から2の整数を表し、但し、式(23)~(24)において、全てのmの合計は2以上であり、式(25)~(26)において、全てのmの合計は1以上であり、m1、m2およびm3は、それぞれ独立に1~3の整数を表す;
 Rは、水素原子、-NO、-CN、ハロゲン基、1価のベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ビフェニル環、フラン環、窒素含有複素環、及び炭素数5~8の脂環式炭化水素、および、アルキル基、又はアルキルオキシ基を表す;
 Z、Zは単結合、-CO-、-CHO-、-CH=N-、-CF-を表す。
The (A) side chain polymer preferably has any one liquid crystalline side chain selected from the group consisting of the following formulas (21) to (31).
In which A, B, q1 and q2 have the same definition as above;
Y 3 is a group selected from the group consisting of a monovalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, nitrogen-containing heterocycle, alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, and combinations thereof. And each hydrogen atom bonded thereto may be independently substituted with —NO 2 , —CN, a halogen group, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkyloxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms;
R 3 is a hydrogen atom, —NO 2 , —CN, —CH═C (CN) 2 , —CH═CH—CN, halogen group, monovalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, nitrogen-containing Represents a heterocyclic ring, an alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms;
l represents an integer of 1 to 12, m represents an integer of 0 to 2, provided that in formulas (23) to (24), the sum of all m is 2 or more, and formulas (25) to (26 ), The sum of all m is 1 or more, and m1, m2 and m3 each independently represents an integer of 1 to 3;
R 2 is a hydrogen atom, —NO 2 , —CN, a halogen group, a monovalent benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, a biphenyl ring, a furan ring, a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring, and an alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, And represents an alkyl group or an alkyloxy group;
Z 1 and Z 2 each represents a single bond, —CO—, —CH 2 O—, —CH═N—, —CF 2 —.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
 
<<感光性の側鎖型高分子の製法>>
 上記の液晶性を発現し得る感光性の側鎖型高分子は、上記の感光性側鎖を有する光反応性側鎖モノマーおよび液晶性側鎖モノマーを重合することによって得ることができる。
<< Production Method of Photosensitive Side Chain Polymer >>
The photosensitive side chain polymer capable of exhibiting the above liquid crystallinity can be obtained by polymerizing the photoreactive side chain monomer having the above photosensitive side chain and the liquid crystalline side chain monomer.
[光反応性側鎖モノマー] 
 光反応性側鎖モノマーとは、高分子を形成した場合に、高分子の側鎖部位に感光性側鎖を有する高分子を形成することができるモノマーのことである。
 側鎖の有する光反応性基としては下記の構造およびその誘導体が好ましい。
[Photoreactive side chain monomer]
The photoreactive side chain monomer is a monomer capable of forming a polymer having a photosensitive side chain at the side chain portion of the polymer when the polymer is formed.
As the photoreactive group possessed by the side chain, the following structures and derivatives thereof are preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
 
 光反応性側鎖モノマーのより具体的な例としては、炭化水素、(メタ)アクリレート、イタコネート、フマレート、マレエート、α-メチレン-γ-ブチロラクトン、スチレン、ビニル、マレイミド、ノルボルネン等のラジカル重合性基およびシロキサンからなる群から選択される少なくとも1種から構成された重合性基と、上記式(1)~(6)の少なくとも1種からなる感光性側鎖、好ましくは、例えば、上記式(7)~(10)の少なくとも1種からなる感光性側鎖、上記式(11)~(13)の少なくとも1種からなる感光性側鎖、上記式(14)又は(15)で表される感光性側鎖、上記式(16)又は(17)で表される感光性側鎖、上記式(18)又は(19)で表される感光性側鎖、上記式(20)で表される感光性側鎖を有する構造であることが好ましい。 More specific examples of the photoreactive side chain monomer include radical polymerizable groups such as hydrocarbon, (meth) acrylate, itaconate, fumarate, maleate, α-methylene-γ-butyrolactone, styrene, vinyl, maleimide, norbornene, etc. And a polymerizable side group composed of at least one selected from the group consisting of siloxane and a photosensitive side chain consisting of at least one of the above formulas (1) to (6), preferably, for example, the above formula (7 ) To (10), a photosensitive side chain comprising at least one of the above formulas (11) to (13), and a photosensitivity represented by the above formula (14) or (15). A photosensitive side chain, a photosensitive side chain represented by the above formula (16) or (17), a photosensitive side chain represented by the above formula (18) or (19), and a photosensitivity represented by the above formula (20). Sex side chain It is preferable that it has a structure.
[液晶性側鎖モノマー]
 液晶性側鎖モノマーとは、該モノマー由来の高分子が液晶性を発現し、該高分子が側鎖部位にメソゲン基を形成することができるモノマーのことである。
 側鎖の有するメソゲン基として、ビフェニルやフェニルベンゾエートなどの単独でメソゲン構造となる基であっても、安息香酸などのように側鎖同士が水素結合することでメソゲン構造となる基であってもよい。側鎖の有するメソゲン基としては下記の構造が好ましい。
[Liquid crystal side chain monomer]
The liquid crystalline side chain monomer is a monomer in which a polymer derived from the monomer exhibits liquid crystallinity and the polymer can form a mesogenic group at a side chain site.
As a mesogenic group having a side chain, even if it is a group having a mesogen structure alone such as biphenyl or phenylbenzoate, or a group having a mesogen structure by hydrogen bonding between side chains such as benzoic acid Good. As the mesogenic group possessed by the side chain, the following structure is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
 
 液晶性側鎖モノマーのより具体的な例としては、炭化水素、(メタ)アクリレート、イタコネート、フマレート、マレエート、α-メチレン-γ-ブチロラクトン、スチレン、ビニル、マレイミド、ノルボルネン等のラジカル重合性基およびシロキサンからなる群から選択される少なくとも1種から構成された重合性基と、上記式(21)~(31)の少なくとも1種からなる側鎖を有する構造であることが好ましい。 More specific examples of liquid crystalline side chain monomers include hydrocarbon, (meth) acrylate, itaconate, fumarate, maleate, α-methylene-γ-butyrolactone, styrene, vinyl, maleimide, norbornene and other radical polymerizable groups A structure having a polymerizable group composed of at least one selected from the group consisting of siloxanes and a side chain composed of at least one of the above formulas (21) to (31) is preferable.
 (A)側鎖型高分子は、上述した液晶性を発現する光反応性側鎖モノマーの重合反応により得ることができる。また、液晶性を発現しない光反応性側鎖モノマーと液晶性側鎖モノマーとの共重合や、液晶性を発現する光反応性側鎖モノマーと液晶性側鎖モノマーとの共重合によって得ることができる。さらに、液晶性の発現能を損なわない範囲でその他のモノマーと共重合することができる。 (A) The side chain polymer can be obtained by the polymerization reaction of the above-described photoreactive side chain monomer that exhibits liquid crystallinity. Further, it can be obtained by copolymerization of a photoreactive side chain monomer that does not exhibit liquid crystallinity and a liquid crystalline side chain monomer, or by copolymerization of a photoreactive side chain monomer that exhibits liquid crystallinity and a liquid crystalline side chain monomer. it can. Furthermore, it can be copolymerized with other monomers as long as the liquid crystallinity is not impaired.
 その他のモノマーとしては、例えば工業的に入手できるラジカル重合反応可能なモノマーが挙げられる。
 その他のモノマーの具体例としては、不飽和カルボン酸、アクリル酸エステル化合物、メタクリル酸エステル化合物、マレイミド化合物、アクリロニトリル、マレイン酸無水物、スチレン化合物及びビニル化合物等が挙げられる。
Examples of other monomers include industrially available monomers capable of radical polymerization reaction.
Specific examples of the other monomer include unsaturated carboxylic acid, acrylic ester compound, methacrylic ester compound, maleimide compound, acrylonitrile, maleic anhydride, styrene compound and vinyl compound.
 不飽和カルボン酸の具体例としてはアクリル酸、メタクリル酸、イタコン酸、マレイン酸、フマル酸などが挙げられる。
 アクリル酸エステル化合物としては、例えば、メチルアクリレート、エチルアクリレート、イソプロピルアクリレート、ベンジルアクリレート、ナフチルアクリレート、アントリルアクリレート、アントリルメチルアクリレート、フェニルアクリレート、2,2,2-トリフルオロエチルアクリレート、tert-ブチルアクリレート、シクロヘキシルアクリレート、イソボルニルアクリレート、2-メトキシエチルアクリレート、メトキシトリエチレングリコールアクリレート、2-エトキシエチルアクリレート、テトラヒドロフルフリルアクリレート、3-メトキシブチルアクリレート、2-メチル-2-アダマンチルアクリレート、2-プロピル-2-アダマンチルアクリレート、8-メチル-8-トリシクロデシルアクリレート、及び、8-エチル-8-トリシクロデシルアクリレート等が挙げられる。
Specific examples of the unsaturated carboxylic acid include acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid and the like.
Examples of the acrylic ester compound include methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, isopropyl acrylate, benzyl acrylate, naphthyl acrylate, anthryl acrylate, anthryl methyl acrylate, phenyl acrylate, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl acrylate, tert-butyl. Acrylate, cyclohexyl acrylate, isobornyl acrylate, 2-methoxyethyl acrylate, methoxytriethylene glycol acrylate, 2-ethoxyethyl acrylate, tetrahydrofurfuryl acrylate, 3-methoxybutyl acrylate, 2-methyl-2-adamantyl acrylate, 2- Propyl-2-adamantyl acrylate, 8-methyl-8-tricyclodecyl acrylate, and , Etc. 8-ethyl-8-tricyclodecyl acrylate.
 メタクリル酸エステル化合物としては、例えば、メチルメタクリレート、エチルメタクリレート、イソプロピルメタクリレート、ベンジルメタクリレート、ナフチルメタクリレート、アントリルメタクリレート、アントリルメチルメタクリレート、フェニルメタクリレート、2,2,2-トリフルオロエチルメタクリレート、tert-ブチルメタクリレート、シクロヘキシルメタクリレート、イソボルニルメタクリレート、2-メトキシエチルメタクリレート、メトキシトリエチレングリコールメタクリレート、2-エトキシエチルメタクリレート、テトラヒドロフルフリルメタクリレート、3-メトキシブチルメタクリレート、2-メチル-2-アダマンチルメタクリレート、2-プロピル-2-アダマンチルメタクリレート、8-メチル-8-トリシクロデシルメタクリレート、及び、8-エチル-8-トリシクロデシルメタクリレート等が挙げられる。 グリシジル(メタ)アクリレート、(3-メチル-3-オキセタニル)メチル(メタ)アクリレート、および(3-エチル-3-オキセタニル)メチル(メタ)アクリレートなどの環状エーテル基を有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物も用いることができる。 Examples of the methacrylic acid ester compound include methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, isopropyl methacrylate, benzyl methacrylate, naphthyl methacrylate, anthryl methacrylate, anthryl methyl methacrylate, phenyl methacrylate, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl methacrylate, tert-butyl. Methacrylate, cyclohexyl methacrylate, isobornyl methacrylate, 2-methoxyethyl methacrylate, methoxytriethylene glycol methacrylate, 2-ethoxyethyl methacrylate, tetrahydrofurfuryl methacrylate, 3-methoxybutyl methacrylate, 2-methyl-2-adamantyl methacrylate, 2- Propyl-2-adamantyl methacrylate, 8-me Le -8- tricyclodecyl methacrylate, and, 8-ethyl-8-tricyclodecyl methacrylate. (Meth) acrylate compounds having a cyclic ether group such as glycidyl (meth) acrylate, (3-methyl-3-oxetanyl) methyl (meth) acrylate, and (3-ethyl-3-oxetanyl) methyl (meth) acrylate are also used. be able to.
 ビニル化合物としては、例えば、ビニルエーテル、メチルビニルエーテル、ベンジルビニルエーテル、2-ヒドロキシエチルビニルエーテル、フェニルビニルエーテル、及び、プロピルビニルエーテル等が挙げられる。
 スチレン化合物としては、例えば、スチレン、メチルスチレン、クロロスチレン、ブロモスチレン等が挙げられる。
 マレイミド化合物としては、例えば、マレイミド、N-メチルマレイミド、N-フェニルマレイミド、及びN-シクロヘキシルマレイミド等が挙げられる。 
Examples of the vinyl compound include vinyl ether, methyl vinyl ether, benzyl vinyl ether, 2-hydroxyethyl vinyl ether, phenyl vinyl ether, and propyl vinyl ether.
Examples of the styrene compound include styrene, methylstyrene, chlorostyrene, bromostyrene, and the like.
Examples of maleimide compounds include maleimide, N-methylmaleimide, N-phenylmaleimide, and N-cyclohexylmaleimide.
 本実施の形態の側鎖型高分子の製造方法については、特に限定されるものではなく、工業的に扱われている汎用な方法が利用できる。具体的には、液晶性側鎖モノマーや光反応性側鎖モノマーのビニル基を利用したカチオン重合やラジカル重合、アニオン重合により製造することができる。これらの中では反応制御のしやすさなどの観点からラジカル重合が特に好ましい。 The production method of the side chain polymer of the present embodiment is not particularly limited, and a general-purpose method that is handled industrially can be used. Specifically, it can be produced by cationic polymerization, radical polymerization, or anionic polymerization using a vinyl group of a liquid crystalline side chain monomer or photoreactive side chain monomer. Among these, radical polymerization is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of ease of reaction control.
 ラジカル重合の重合開始剤としては、ラジカル重合開始剤や、可逆的付加-開裂型連鎖移動(RAFT)重合試薬等の公知の化合物を使用することができる。 As the polymerization initiator for radical polymerization, a known compound such as a radical polymerization initiator or a reversible addition-cleavage chain transfer (RAFT) polymerization reagent can be used.
 ラジカル熱重合開始剤は、分解温度以上に加熱することにより、ラジカルを発生させる化合物である。このようなラジカル熱重合開始剤としては、例えば、ケトンパーオキサイド類(メチルエチルケトンパーオキサイド、シクロヘキサノンパーオキサイド等)、ジアシルパーオキサイド類(アセチルパーオキサイド、ベンゾイルパーオキサイド等)、ハイドロパーオキサイド類(過酸化水素、tert-ブチルハイドパーオキサイド、クメンハイドロパーオキサイド等)、ジアルキルパーオキサイド類 (ジ-tert-ブチルパーオキサイド、ジクミルパーオキサイド、ジラウロイルパーオキサイド等)、パーオキシケタール類(ジブチルパーオキシ シクロヘキサン等)、アルキルパーエステル類(パーオキシネオデカン酸-tert-ブチルエステル、パーオキシピバリン酸-tert-ブチルエステル、パーオキシ 2-エチルシクロヘキサン酸-tert-アミルエステル等)、過硫酸塩類(過硫酸カリウム、過硫酸ナトリウム、過硫酸アンモニウム等)、アゾ系化合物(アゾビスイソブチロニトリル、および2,2′-ジ(2-ヒドロキシエチル)アゾビスイソブチロニトリル等)が挙げられる。このようなラジカル熱重合開始剤は、1種を単独で使用することもできるし、あるいは2種以上を組み合わせて使用することもできる。 A radical thermal polymerization initiator is a compound that generates radicals when heated to a decomposition temperature or higher. Examples of such radical thermal polymerization initiators include ketone peroxides (methyl ethyl ketone peroxide, cyclohexanone peroxide, etc.), diacyl peroxides (acetyl peroxide, benzoyl peroxide, etc.), hydroperoxides (peroxidation). Hydrogen, tert-butyl hydride peroxide, cumene hydroperoxide, etc.), dialkyl peroxides (di-tert-butyl peroxide, dicumyl peroxide, dilauroyl peroxide, etc.), peroxyketals (dibutyl peroxy cyclohexane) Etc.), alkyl peresters (peroxyneodecanoic acid-tert-butyl ester, peroxypivalic acid-tert-butyl ester, peroxy 2-ethylcyclo Xanthate-tert-amyl ester, etc.), persulfates (potassium persulfate, sodium persulfate, ammonium persulfate, etc.), azo compounds (azobisisobutyronitrile, and 2,2′-di (2-hydroxyethyl) And azobisisobutyronitrile). Such radical thermal polymerization initiators can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
 ラジカル光重合開始剤は、ラジカル重合を光照射によって開始する化合物であれば特に限定されない。このようなラジカル光重合開始剤としては、ベンゾフェノン、ミヒラーズケトン、4,4’-ビス(ジエチルアミノ)ベンゾフェノン、キサントン、チオキサントン、イソプロピルキサントン、2,4-ジエチルチオキサントン、2-エチルアントラキノン、アセトフェノン、2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチルプロピオフェノン、2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-4’-イソプロピルプロピオフェノン、1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン、イソプロピルベンゾインエーテル、イソブチルベンゾインエーテル、2,2-ジエトキシアセトフェノン、2,2-ジメトキシ-2-フェニルアセトフェノン、カンファーキノン、ベンズアントロン、2-メチル-1-[4-(メチルチオ)フェニル]-2-モルホリノプロパン-1-オン、2-ベンジル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルホリノフェニル)-ブタノン-1、4-ジメチルアミノ安息香酸エチル、4-ジメチルアミノ安息香酸イソアミル、4,4’-ジ(t-ブチルペルオキシカルボニル)ベンゾフェノン、3,4,4’-トリ(t-ブチルペルオキシカルボニル)ベンゾフェノン、2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイルジフェニルフォスフィンオキサイド、2-(4’-メトキシスチリル)-4,6-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン、2-(3’,4’-ジメトキシスチリル)-4,6-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン、2-(2’,4’-ジメトキシスチリル)-4,6-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン、2-(2’-メトキシスチリル)-4,6-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン、2-(4’-ペンチルオキシスチリル)-4,6-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン、4-[p-N,N-ジ(エトキシカルボニルメチル)]-2,6-ジ(トリクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン、1,3-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-5-(2’-クロロフェニル)-s-トリアジン、1,3-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-5-(4’-メトキシフェニル)-s-トリアジン、2-(p-ジメチルアミノスチリル)ベンズオキサゾール、2-(p-ジメチルアミノスチリル)ベンズチアゾール、2-メルカプトベンゾチアゾール、3,3’-カルボニルビス(7-ジエチルアミノクマリン)、2-(o-クロロフェニル)-4,4’,5,5’-テトラフェニル-1,2’-ビイミダゾール、2,2’-ビス(2-クロロフェニル)-4,4’,5,5’-テトラキス(4-エトキシカルボニルフェニル)-1,2’-ビイミダゾール、2,2’-ビス(2,4-ジクロロフェニル)-4,4’,5,5’-テトラフェニル-1,2’-ビイミダゾール、2,2’ビス(2,4-ジブロモフェニル)-4,4’,5,5’-テトラフェニル-1,2’-ビイミダゾール、2,2’-ビス(2,4,6-トリクロロフェニル)-4,4’,5,5’-テトラフェニル-1,2’-ビイミダゾール、3-(2-メチル-2-ジメチルアミノプロピオニル)カルバゾール、3,6-ビス(2-メチル-2-モルホリノプロピオニル)-9-n-ドデシルカルバゾール、1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン、ビス(5-2,4-シクロペンタジエン-1-イル)-ビス(2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(1H-ピロール-1-イル)-フェニル)チタニウム、3,3’,4,4’-テトラ(t-ブチルペルオキシカルボニル)ベンゾフェノン、3,3’,4,4’-テトラ(t-ヘキシルペルオキシカルボニル)ベンゾフェノン、3,3’-ジ(メトキシカルボニル)-4,4’-ジ(t-ブチルペルオキシカルボニル)ベンゾフェノン、3,4’-ジ(メトキシカルボニル)-4,3’-ジ(t-ブチルペルオキシカルボニル)ベンゾフェノン、4,4’-ジ(メトキシカルボニル)-3,3’-ジ(t-ブチルペルオキシカルボニル)ベンゾフェノン、2-(3-メチル-3H-ベンゾチアゾール-2-イリデン)-1-ナフタレン-2-イル-エタノン、又は2-(3-メチル-1,3-ベンゾチアゾール-2(3H)-イリデン)-1-(2-ベンゾイル)エタノン等を挙げることができる。これらの化合物は単独で使用してもよく、2つ以上を混合して使用することもできる。 The radical photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound that initiates radical polymerization by light irradiation. Examples of such radical photopolymerization initiators include benzophenone, Michler's ketone, 4,4′-bis (diethylamino) benzophenone, xanthone, thioxanthone, isopropylxanthone, 2,4-diethylthioxanthone, 2-ethylanthraquinone, acetophenone, 2-hydroxy -2-methylpropiophenone, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-4'-isopropylpropiophenone, 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone, isopropyl benzoin ether, isobutyl benzoin ether, 2,2-diethoxyacetophenone, 2,2 -Dimethoxy-2-phenylacetophenone, camphorquinone, benzanthrone, 2-methyl-1- [4- (methylthio) phenyl] -2-morpholinopropan-1-one, 2- N-di-2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -butanone-1, ethyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, isoamyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, 4,4′-di (t-butylperoxycarbonyl) benzophenone 3,4,4′-tri (t-butylperoxycarbonyl) benzophenone, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyldiphenylphosphine oxide, 2- (4′-methoxystyryl) -4,6-bis (trichloromethyl) -S-triazine, 2- (3 ', 4'-dimethoxystyryl) -4,6-bis (trichloromethyl) -s-triazine, 2- (2', 4'-dimethoxystyryl) -4,6-bis (Trichloromethyl) -s-triazine, 2- (2′-methoxystyryl) -4,6-bis (trichloromethyl) ) -S-triazine, 2- (4′-pentyloxystyryl) -4,6-bis (trichloromethyl) -s-triazine, 4- [pN, N-di (ethoxycarbonylmethyl)]-2, 6-di (trichloromethyl) -s-triazine, 1,3-bis (trichloromethyl) -5- (2′-chlorophenyl) -s-triazine, 1,3-bis (trichloromethyl) -5- (4 ′ -Methoxyphenyl) -s-triazine, 2- (p-dimethylaminostyryl) benzoxazole, 2- (p-dimethylaminostyryl) benzthiazole, 2-mercaptobenzothiazole, 3,3′-carbonylbis (7-diethylamino) Coumarin), 2- (o-chlorophenyl) -4,4 ′, 5,5′-tetraphenyl-1,2′-biimidazole, 2,2′-bi (2-chlorophenyl) -4,4 ′, 5,5′-tetrakis (4-ethoxycarbonylphenyl) -1,2′-biimidazole, 2,2′-bis (2,4-dichlorophenyl) -4, 4 ′, 5,5′-tetraphenyl-1,2′-biimidazole, 2,2′bis (2,4-dibromophenyl) -4,4 ′, 5,5′-tetraphenyl-1,2 ′ -Biimidazole, 2,2'-bis (2,4,6-trichlorophenyl) -4,4 ', 5,5'-tetraphenyl-1,2'-biimidazole, 3- (2-methyl-2 -Dimethylaminopropionyl) carbazole, 3,6-bis (2-methyl-2-morpholinopropionyl) -9-n-dodecylcarbazole, 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone, bis (5-2,4-cyclopentadi -1-yl) -bis (2,6-difluoro-3- (1H-pyrrol-1-yl) -phenyl) titanium, 3,3 ′, 4,4′-tetra (t-butylperoxycarbonyl) benzophenone 3,3 ′, 4,4′-tetra (t-hexylperoxycarbonyl) benzophenone, 3,3′-di (methoxycarbonyl) -4,4′-di (t-butylperoxycarbonyl) benzophenone, 3,4 '-Di (methoxycarbonyl) -4,3'-di (t-butylperoxycarbonyl) benzophenone, 4,4'-di (methoxycarbonyl) -3,3'-di (t-butylperoxycarbonyl) benzophenone, 2 -(3-methyl-3H-benzothiazol-2-ylidene) -1-naphthalen-2-yl-ethanone or 2- (3-methyl-1 3- benzothiazol -2 (3H) - ylidene) -1- (2-benzoyl) ethanone, and the like. These compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 ラジカル重合法は、特に制限されるものでなく、乳化重合法、懸濁重合法、分散重合法、沈殿重合法、塊状重合法、溶液重合法等を用いることができる。 The radical polymerization method is not particularly limited, and an emulsion polymerization method, suspension polymerization method, dispersion polymerization method, precipitation polymerization method, bulk polymerization method, solution polymerization method and the like can be used.
 液晶性を発現し得る感光性の側鎖型高分子の重合反応に用いる有機溶媒としては、生成した高分子が溶解するものであれば特に限定されない。その具体例を以下に挙げる。 The organic solvent used for the polymerization reaction of the photosensitive side chain polymer capable of exhibiting liquid crystallinity is not particularly limited as long as the generated polymer is soluble. Specific examples are given below.
 N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン、N-メチルカプロラクタム、ジメチルスルホキシド、テトラメチル尿素、ピリジン、ジメチルスルホン、ヘキサメチルスルホキシド、γ-ブチロラクトン、イソプロピルアルコール、メトキシメチルペンタノール、ジペンテン、エチルアミルケトン、メチルノニルケトン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソアミルケトン、メチルイソプロピルケトン、メチルセルソルブ、エチルセルソルブ、メチルセロソルブアセテート、エチルセロソルブアセテート、ブチルカルビトール、エチルカルビトール、エチレングリコール、エチレングリコールモノアセテート、エチレングリコールモノイソプロピルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、プロピレングリコール、プロピレングリコールモノアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコール-tert-ブチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコールモノアセテート、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノアセテートモノメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノアセテートモノエチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノアセテートモノプロピルエーテル、3-メチル-3-メトキシブチルアセテート、トリプロピレングリコールメチルエーテル、3-メチル-3-メトキシブタノール、ジイソプロピルエーテル、エチルイソブチルエーテル、ジイソブチレン、アミルアセテート、ブチルブチレート、ブチルエーテル、ジイソブチルケトン、メチルシクロへキセン、プロピルエーテル、ジヘキシルエーテル、ジオキサン、n-へキサン、n-ペンタン、n-オクタン、ジエチルエーテル、シクロヘキサノン、エチレンカーボネート、プロピレンカーボネート、乳酸メチル、乳酸エチル、酢酸メチル、酢酸エチル、酢酸n-ブチル、酢酸プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ピルビン酸メチル、ピルビン酸エチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチルエチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸、3-メトキシプロピオン酸、3-メトキシプロピオン酸プロピル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸ブチル、ジグライム、4-ヒドロキシ-4-メチル-2-ペンタノン、3-メトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、3-エトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、3-ブトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド等が挙げられる。 N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-methylcaprolactam, dimethyl sulfoxide, tetramethyl urea, pyridine, dimethyl sulfone, hexamethyl sulfoxide , Γ-butyrolactone, isopropyl alcohol, methoxymethylpentanol, dipentene, ethyl amyl ketone, methyl nonyl ketone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isoamyl ketone, methyl isopropyl ketone, methyl cellosolve, ethyl cellosolve, methyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, butyl Carbitol, ethyl carbitol, ethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monoacetate, ethylene glycol monoisopropyl ether, ethyl Glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol, propylene glycol monoacetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol-tert-butyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol, diethylene glycol monoacetate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoacetate monomethyl ether, dipropylene Glycol monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoacetate monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monopropyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoacetate monopropyl ether, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, tripropiate Lenglycol methyl ether, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutanol, diisopropyl ether, ethyl isobutyl ether, diisobutylene, amyl acetate, butyl butyrate, butyl ether, diisobutyl ketone, methylcyclohexene, propyl ether, dihexyl ether, dioxane, n- Hexane, n-pentane, n-octane, diethyl ether, cyclohexanone, ethylene carbonate, propylene carbonate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl pyruvate, Ethyl pyruvate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, 3-ethoxypropio Acid, 3-methoxypropionic acid, propyl 3-methoxypropionate, butyl 3-methoxypropionate, diglyme, 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone, 3-methoxy-N, N-dimethylpropanamide, 3- Examples thereof include ethoxy-N, N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-butoxy-N, N-dimethylpropanamide and the like.
 これら有機溶媒は単独で使用しても、混合して使用してもよい。さらに、生成する高分子を溶解させない溶媒であっても、生成した高分子が析出しない範囲で、上述の有機溶媒に混合して使用してもよい。
 また、ラジカル重合において有機溶媒中の酸素は重合反応を阻害する原因となるので、有機溶媒は可能な程度に脱気されたものを用いることが好ましい。
These organic solvents may be used alone or in combination. Furthermore, even if it is a solvent which does not dissolve the polymer | macromolecule to produce | generate, you may mix and use the above-mentioned organic solvent in the range which the polymer | macromolecule produced | generated does not precipitate.
In radical polymerization, oxygen in the organic solvent becomes a cause of inhibiting the polymerization reaction. Therefore, it is preferable to use an organic solvent that has been deaerated to the extent possible.
 ラジカル重合の際の重合温度は30℃~150℃の任意の温度を選択することができるが、好ましくは50℃~100℃の範囲である。また、反応は任意の濃度で行うことができるが、濃度が低すぎると高分子量の重合体を得ることが難しくなり、濃度が高すぎると反応液の粘性が高くなり過ぎて均一な攪拌が困難となるので、モノマー濃度が、好ましくは1質量%~50質量%、より好ましくは5質量%~30質量%である。反応初期は高濃度で行い、その後、有機溶媒を追加することができる。 The polymerization temperature at the time of radical polymerization can be selected from any temperature of 30 ° C. to 150 ° C., but is preferably in the range of 50 ° C. to 100 ° C. The reaction can be carried out at any concentration, but if the concentration is too low, it is difficult to obtain a high molecular weight polymer, and if the concentration is too high, the viscosity of the reaction solution becomes too high and uniform stirring is difficult. Therefore, the monomer concentration is preferably 1% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably 5% by mass to 30% by mass. The initial stage of the reaction is carried out at a high concentration, and then an organic solvent can be added.
 上述のラジカル重合反応においては、ラジカル重合開始剤の比率がモノマーに対して多いと得られる高分子の分子量が小さくなり、少ないと得られる高分子の分子量が大きくなるので、ラジカル開始剤の比率は重合させるモノマーに対して0.1モル%~10モル%であることが好ましい。また重合時には各種モノマー成分や溶媒、開始剤などを追加することもできる。 In the above-mentioned radical polymerization reaction, the molecular weight of the obtained polymer is decreased when the ratio of the radical polymerization initiator is large relative to the monomer, and the molecular weight of the obtained polymer is increased when the ratio is small, the ratio of the radical initiator is The content is preferably 0.1 mol% to 10 mol% with respect to the monomer to be polymerized. Further, various monomer components, solvents, initiators and the like can be added during the polymerization.
[重合体の回収]
 上述の反応により得られた、液晶性を発現し得る感光性の側鎖型高分子の反応溶液から、生成した高分子を回収する場合には、反応溶液を貧溶媒に投入して、それら重合体を沈殿させれば良い。沈殿に用いる貧溶媒としては、メタノール、アセトン、ヘキサン、ヘプタン、ブチルセルソルブ、ヘプタン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、エタノール、トルエン、ベンゼン、ジエチルエーテル、メチルエチルエーテル、水等を挙げることができる。貧溶媒に投入して沈殿させた重合体は、濾過して回収した後、常圧あるいは減圧下で、常温あるいは加熱して乾燥することができる。また、沈殿回収した重合体を、有機溶媒に再溶解させ、再沈殿回収する操作を2回~10回繰り返すと、重合体中の不純物を少なくすることができる。この際の貧溶媒として、例えば、アルコール類、ケトン類、炭化水素等が挙げられ、これらの中から選ばれる3種類以上の貧溶媒を用いると、より一層精製の効率が上がるので好ましい。
[Recovery of polymer]
When recovering the produced polymer from the reaction solution of the photosensitive side chain polymer capable of exhibiting liquid crystallinity obtained by the above reaction, the reaction solution is put into a poor solvent, The coalescence can be precipitated. Examples of the poor solvent used for precipitation include methanol, acetone, hexane, heptane, butyl cellosolve, heptane, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, ethanol, toluene, benzene, diethyl ether, methyl ethyl ether, and water. The polymer deposited in a poor solvent and precipitated can be recovered by filtration and then dried at normal temperature or under reduced pressure at room temperature or by heating. In addition, when the polymer collected by precipitation is redissolved in an organic solvent and reprecipitation and collection is repeated 2 to 10 times, impurities in the polymer can be reduced. Examples of the poor solvent at this time include alcohols, ketones, hydrocarbons and the like, and it is preferable to use three or more kinds of poor solvents selected from these because purification efficiency is further improved.
 本発明の(A)側鎖型高分子の分子量は、得られる塗膜の強度、塗膜形成時の作業性、および塗膜の均一性を考慮した場合、GPC(Gel Permeation Chromatography)法で測定した重量平均分子量が、2000~1000000が好ましく、より好ましくは、5000~100000である。 The molecular weight of the (A) side chain polymer of the present invention is measured by a GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography) method in consideration of the strength of the obtained coating film, workability during coating film formation, and uniformity of the coating film. The weight average molecular weight is preferably 2,000 to 1,000,000, more preferably 5,000 to 100,000.
[重合体組成物の調製]
 本発明に用いられる重合体組成物は、液晶配向膜の形成に好適となるように塗布液として調製されることが好ましい。すなわち、本発明に用いられる重合体組成物は、樹脂被膜を形成するための樹脂成分が有機溶媒に溶解した溶液として調製されることが好ましい。ここで、その樹脂成分とは、既に説明した液晶性を発現し得る感光性の側鎖型高分子を含む樹脂成分である。その際、樹脂成分の含有量は、1質量%~20質量%が好ましく、より好ましくは3質量%~15質量%、特に好ましくは3質量%~10質量%である。
[Preparation of polymer composition]
The polymer composition used in the present invention is preferably prepared as a coating solution so as to be suitable for forming a liquid crystal alignment film. That is, the polymer composition used in the present invention is preferably prepared as a solution in which a resin component for forming a resin film is dissolved in an organic solvent. Here, the resin component is a resin component containing a photosensitive side chain polymer capable of exhibiting the liquid crystallinity already described. In that case, the content of the resin component is preferably 1% by mass to 20% by mass, more preferably 3% by mass to 15% by mass, and particularly preferably 3% by mass to 10% by mass.
 本実施形態の重合体組成物において、前述の樹脂成分は、全てが上述した液晶性を発現し得る感光性の側鎖型高分子であってもよいが、液晶発現能および感光性能を損なわない範囲でそれら以外の他の重合体が混合されていてもよい。その際、樹脂成分中における他の重合体の含有量は、0.5質量%~80質量%、好ましくは1質量%~50質量%である。
 そのような他の重合体は、例えば、ポリ(メタ)アクリレートやポリアミック酸やポリイミド等からなり、液晶性を発現し得る感光性の側鎖型高分子ではない重合体等が挙げられる。
In the polymer composition of the present embodiment, the resin component described above may be a photosensitive side chain polymer that can all exhibit the above-described liquid crystallinity, but does not impair the liquid crystal developing ability and the photosensitive performance. Other polymers may be mixed within the range. In that case, the content of the other polymer in the resin component is 0.5 to 80% by mass, preferably 1 to 50% by mass.
Examples of such other polymers include polymers that are made of poly (meth) acrylate, polyamic acid, polyimide, and the like and are not a photosensitive side chain polymer that can exhibit liquid crystallinity.
<<(B)成分>>
<ヒドロキシアルキル基が少なくとも1つ結合した窒素原子を一分子中に2~6個有する化合物>
 本発明に用いられる重合体組成物は、ヒドロキシアルキル基が少なくとも1つ結合した窒素原子を一分子中に2~6個有する化合物を含有する。
<< (B) component >>
<Compounds having 2 to 6 nitrogen atoms bonded to at least one hydroxyalkyl group in one molecule>
The polymer composition used in the present invention contains a compound having 2 to 6 nitrogen atoms bonded to at least one hydroxyalkyl group in one molecule.
 該化合物は、本発明に用いられる重合体組成物が液晶配向膜を形成した際、次の効果i)~iii)のいずれか1種、又は2種、または全ての効果を奏するものであれば、特に限定されない。i)液晶配向膜の膜密度を向上させる、ii)液晶配向膜の下部から染み出してくる不純物の抑制する、又はiii)液晶中に抽出された不純物を液晶配向膜にて吸着することで向上した電圧保持率を奏する。 The compound may be any one, two, or all of the following effects i) to iii) when the polymer composition used in the present invention forms a liquid crystal alignment film. There is no particular limitation. i) Improving the film density of the liquid crystal alignment film, ii) Suppressing impurities oozing out from the lower part of the liquid crystal alignment film, or iii) Improving the liquid crystal alignment film by adsorbing impurities extracted into the liquid crystal The voltage holding ratio is achieved.
 前記化合物は、その化合物中にヒドロキシアルキル基が少なくとも1つ結合した窒素原子を一分子中に2~6個有していれば、その他の構造は特に限定されないが、入手性等の観点から、下記式(b)で表される化合物が好ましい例の一つである。 The compound is not particularly limited as long as it has 2 to 6 nitrogen atoms in a molecule to which at least one hydroxyalkyl group is bonded in the compound, but from the viewpoint of availability, A compound represented by the following formula (b) is one of preferred examples.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
 
 式(b)中、Rはn価の有機基であり、
 Lは単結合、炭素数1~10のアルキレンまたはN-Xを表し、Xは水素原子またはアルキル基を表し、また、Xは別のXと一緒になってアルキレンを形成しても、Rと結合することにより環構造を形成してもよく、
 Lは単結合または炭素数1~10のアルキレンを表し、
 Lは単結合、NHまたはN-アルキルを表し、
 Lは単結合または炭素数1~10のアルキレンを表し、
 Lは単結合又はカルボニルを表し、LがNHまたはN-アルキルである場合は、LとLとは同時に単結合を表すことはなく、
 LおよびLは、それぞれ独立に炭素数2~20の直鎖又は分岐のアルキレンを表し、当該アルキレンはハロゲン及びヒドロキシ基から選ばれる同一または異なる1以上の置換基で置換されていてもよく、
 nは2~6の整数である。
In formula (b), R 1 is an n-valent organic group,
L 1 represents an alkylene or N-X 1 of a single bond, 1 to 10 carbon atoms, X 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group and, X 1 is form an alkylene and together with another X 1 Or a ring structure may be formed by bonding to R 1 ,
L 2 represents a single bond or alkylene having 1 to 10 carbon atoms,
L 3 represents a single bond, NH or N-alkyl,
L 4 represents a single bond or alkylene having 1 to 10 carbon atoms,
L 5 represents a single bond or carbonyl, and when L 3 is NH or N-alkyl, L 4 and L 5 do not represent a single bond at the same time,
L 6 and L 7 each independently represent a linear or branched alkylene having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and the alkylene may be substituted with one or more substituents selected from a halogen and a hydroxy group. ,
n is an integer of 2 to 6.
 前記式(b)中のRのn価の有機基とは、炭素数2~10のアルキル、または、5もしくは6員の炭素環もしくは複素環、又はそれらの環の2~4つが直接もしくは結合基を介して結合または縮環した構造を有する芳香族環もしくは脂環式炭化水素からn個の水素原子を取り去ったn価の基をいい、ここで環構造を結合する結合基としては、炭素数1~6のアルキレン、アルケニレンもしくはアルキニレン、=NR(ここでRは水素原子または炭素数1~4のアルキルを表す)、-S-、-C(O)NH-、または-C(O)-O-を表し、Rの芳香族環もしくは脂環式炭化水素は、n個のL1基と結合する以外の炭素原子が酸素原子、窒素原子又は硫黄原子で置換されていてもよく、かつn個のL1基と結合する以外の炭素原子上の水素原子が炭素数1~4のアルキルまたはハロゲンで置換されていてもよい。 The n-valent organic group of R 1 in the formula (b) is an alkyl having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, a 5- or 6-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring, or 2 to 4 of these rings directly or An n-valent group in which n hydrogen atoms have been removed from an aromatic ring or alicyclic hydrocarbon having a structure bonded or condensed via a linking group, wherein the linking group that bonds the ring structure is Alkylene having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, alkenylene or alkynylene, ═NR b (wherein R b represents a hydrogen atom or alkyl having 1 to 4 carbon atoms), —S—, —C (O) NH—, or —C (O) —O— represents an aromatic ring or alicyclic hydrocarbon represented by R 1 , wherein carbon atoms other than those bonded to n L1 groups are substituted with oxygen atoms, nitrogen atoms or sulfur atoms. Carbon sources other than well and bonded to n L1 groups Hydrogen atoms of the above may be substituted with alkyl or halogen having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
 前記(b)中、LがN-Xである場合、Xの「アルキル」の炭素数は、典型的には1~10、好ましくは1~6、より好ましくは1~4、さらに好ましくは1~3である。 In the above (b), when L 1 is NX 1 , the number of carbon atoms of “alkyl” in X 1 is typically 1 to 10, preferably 1 to 6, more preferably 1 to 4, Preferably it is 1-3.
 前記Lのアルキレンの炭素数は、好ましくは1~6である。
 前記Lのアルキレンの炭素数は、好ましくは2~6である。
The number of carbon atoms of the alkylene of L 1 is preferably 1-6.
The number of carbon atoms of the alkylene of L 2 is preferably 2-6.
 前記(b)中、LにおけるN-アルキルの「アルキル」の炭素数は、典型的には1~10、好ましくは1~6のアルキル、より好ましくは1~4、さらに好ましくは1~3である。 In (b), the carbon number of the “alkyl” of the N-alkyl in L 3 is typically 1 to 10, preferably 1 to 6, more preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 to 3. It is.
 前記Lのアルキレンの炭素数は、好ましくは2~6である。 The number of carbon atoms of the alkylene of L 4 is preferably 2-6.
 前記LおよびLのアルキレンの炭素数は、好ましくは2~6である。 The number of carbon atoms of the alkylene of L 6 and L 7 is preferably 2-6.
 前記式(b)中、「ハロゲン」は、フッ素、塩素、臭素またはヨウ素を意味し、好ましくはフッ素または塩素であり、より好ましくはフッ素である。 In the formula (b), “halogen” means fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine, preferably fluorine or chlorine, more preferably fluorine.
 その中でも、式(b)におけるR中のカルボニル基に直接結合する原子が、芳香環を形成していない炭素原子であることが液晶配向性の観点から好ましい。また、式(b)中のRは、脂肪族炭化水素由来の基であることが、上記と同じく液晶配向性および溶解性の観点から好ましく、炭素数1~10であることがより好ましい。
 式(b)中、nは2~6の整数を表し、溶解性の観点からnは2~4が好ましく、より好ましくは2または3である。
 式(b)中、LおよびLとしては、下記式(b1)で表される構造であることが反応性の観点から好ましく、エチレンであることがさらに好ましい。
Among them, it is preferable from the viewpoint of liquid crystal alignment that the atom directly bonded to the carbonyl group in R 1 in the formula (b) is a carbon atom that does not form an aromatic ring. In addition, R 1 in the formula (b) is preferably a group derived from an aliphatic hydrocarbon from the viewpoint of liquid crystal alignment and solubility as described above, and more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
In the formula (b), n represents an integer of 2 to 6, and n is preferably 2 to 4, more preferably 2 or 3, from the viewpoint of solubility.
In the formula (b), L 6 and L 7 are preferably structures represented by the following formula (b1) from the viewpoint of reactivity, and more preferably ethylene.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
 
 式(b1)中、R~Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、炭化水素基、または、ヒドロキシ基で置換された炭化水素基のいずれかを表す。ここで、「炭化水素基」とは、典型的には、炭素数1~10のアルキル基、炭素原子数3~8のシクロアルキル基またはフェニル基を表し、好ましくは、炭素数1~10のアルキル基を表す。 In the formula (b1), R 2 to R 5 each independently represents any of a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group, or a hydrocarbon group substituted with a hydroxy group. Here, the “hydrocarbon group” typically represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group, preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Represents an alkyl group.
 式(b)で表される構造中、R部分の構造としては、下記のb2-1~b2-47から選ばれる構造が好ましい。より好ましくは、b2-1~b2-29である。 In the structure represented by the formula (b), the structure of the R 1 portion is preferably a structure selected from the following b2-1 to b2-47. More preferably, they are b2-1 to b2-29.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
 
 Rに結合する部分の構造としては、b3-1~b3-8から選ばれる構造が好ましい。 As the structure of the moiety bonded to R 1 , a structure selected from b3-1 to b3-8 is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
 
 炭素原子に結合する構造としてはb3-1~b3-8が好ましく、窒素原子に結合する構造としてはb3-1~b3-4が好ましい。 B3-1 to b3-8 are preferable as the structure bonded to the carbon atom, and b3-1 to b3-4 are preferable as the structure bonded to the nitrogen atom.
 式中、n2は1~20の整数を表し、2~10が好ましく、2~7が特に好ましい。n3は1~10の整数を表し、2~10が好ましく、2~7が特に好ましい。n4は2~20の整数を表し、2~10が好ましく、2が特に好ましい。 In the formula, n2 represents an integer of 1 to 20, preferably 2 to 10, and particularly preferably 2 to 7. n3 represents an integer of 1 to 10, preferably 2 to 10, and particularly preferably 2 to 7. n4 represents an integer of 2 to 20, preferably 2 to 10, and particularly preferably 2.
 好ましい(B)成分の具体的な例としては、例えば、下記T1~T9の化合物や、Primid XL-552、Primid SF-4510が挙げられる。 Specific examples of preferable component (B) include, for example, the following compounds T1 to T9, Primid XL-552, and Primid SF-4510.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
 
 (B)成分のより好ましい例としては、T1~T7の化合物が挙げられる。 More preferable examples of the component (B) include compounds of T1 to T7.
 <式(b-1)の化合物の製造>
 化合物(B)の合成法は特に限定されないが、下記式(b-1)で表される化合物については、下記式(X2)で表されるポリカルボン酸と、下記式(X1)で表されるジアルコールアミン化合物とを反応させることにより製造することができる。
<Production of Compound of Formula (b-1)>
The synthesis method of the compound (B) is not particularly limited, but the compound represented by the following formula (b-1) is represented by the polycarboxylic acid represented by the following formula (X2) and the following formula (X1). It can be produced by reacting with a dialcoholamine compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
 
 一般式X2で表される化合物と式X1で表されるジアルコールアミン化合物とを、必要ならば該反応に対して不活性な溶媒を用い、必要ならば塩基の存在下、縮合剤を用いて反応させることにより、式b-1で表される化合物を得ることができる。 Using the compound represented by the general formula X2 and the dialcoholamine compound represented by the formula X1 using a solvent inert to the reaction if necessary, and using a condensing agent in the presence of a base if necessary. By reacting, the compound represented by the formula b-1 can be obtained.
 反応基質の量は、式X2で表される化合物のカルボキシル基1基に対して0.98~1.05当量の式X1で表されるジアルコールアミン化合物を用いることができる。 For the amount of the reaction substrate, 0.98 to 1.05 equivalents of the dialcoholamine compound represented by the formula X1 can be used with respect to one carboxyl group of the compound represented by the formula X2.
 縮合剤は、通常のアミド合成に使用されるものであれば特に制限はないが、例えば向山試薬(2-クロロ-N-メチルピリジニウム アイオダイド)、DCC(1,3-ジシクロヘキシルカルボジイミド)、WSC(1-エチル-3-(3-ジメチルアミノプロピル)-カルボジイミド 塩酸塩)、CDI(カルボニルジイミダゾール)、ジメチルプロピニルスルホニウム ブロマイド、プロパルギルトリフェニルホスホニウム ブロマイド、DEPC(シアノ燐酸ジエチル)等を、式X2で表される化合物のカルボキシル基1基に対して1~1.5当量用いることができる。 The condensing agent is not particularly limited as long as it is used for ordinary amide synthesis. For example, Mukaiyama reagent (2-chloro-N-methylpyridinium iodide), DCC (1,3-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide), WSC (1 -Ethyl-3- (3-dimethylaminopropyl) -carbodiimide hydrochloride), CDI (carbonyldiimidazole), dimethylpropynylsulfonium bromide, propargyltriphenylphosphonium bromide, DEPC (diethyl cyanophosphate) and the like are represented by the formula X2. 1 to 1.5 equivalents can be used per 1 carboxyl group of the compound.
 溶媒を用いる場合、用いられる溶媒としては反応の進行を阻害しないものであれば特に制限はないが、例えばベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン等の芳香族炭化水素類、ヘキサン、ヘプタン等の脂肪族炭化水素類、シクロヘキサン等の脂環式炭化水素類、クロロベンゼン、ジクロロベンゼン等の芳香族ハロゲン化炭化水素類、ジクロロメタン、クロロホルム、四塩化炭素、1,2-ジクロロエタン、1,1,1-トリクロロエタン、トリクロロエチレン、テトラクロロエチレン等の脂肪族ハロゲン化炭化水素類、ジエチルエーテル、1,2-ジメトキシエタン、テトラヒドロフラン、1,4-ジオキサン等のエーテル類、酢酸エチル、プロピオン酸エチル等のエステル類、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン等のアミド類、トリエチルアミン、トリブチルアミン、N,N-ジメチルアニリン等のアミン類、ピリジン、ピコリン等のピリジン類、アセトニトリル及びジメチルスルホキシド等が挙げられる。これらの溶媒は単独で用いても、これらのうちの2種類以上を混合して用いてもよい。 In the case of using a solvent, the solvent to be used is not particularly limited as long as it does not inhibit the progress of the reaction. For example, aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene, and aliphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane and heptane. , Cycloaliphatic hydrocarbons, chlorobenzene, dichlorobenzene and other aromatic halogenated hydrocarbons, dichloromethane, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, 1,2-dichloroethane, 1,1,1-trichloroethane, trichloroethylene, tetrachloroethylene Aliphatic halogenated hydrocarbons such as diethyl ether, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, tetrahydrofuran, ethers such as 1,4-dioxane, esters such as ethyl acetate and ethyl propionate, N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N- Amides chill-2-pyrrolidone, triethylamine, tributylamine, N, N-amines dimethylaniline, pyridine, pyridine picoline, etc., include acetonitrile and dimethyl sulfoxide. These solvents may be used alone or as a mixture of two or more thereof.
 塩基の添加は必ずしも必要ではないが、塩基を用いる場合、例えば水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム等のアルカリ金属水酸化物、炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸カリウム等のアルカリ金属炭酸塩、炭酸水素ナトリウム、炭酸水素カリウム等のアルカリ金属重炭酸塩、トリエチルアミン、トリブチルアミン、N,N-ジメチルアニリン、ピリジン、4-(ジメチルアミノ)ピリジン、イミダゾール、1,8-ジアザビシクロ[5,4,0]-7-ウンデセン等の有機塩基等を式X2で表される化合物のカルボキシル基1基に対して1~4当量用いることができる。 It is not always necessary to add a base, but when a base is used, for example, an alkali metal hydroxide such as sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide, an alkali metal carbonate such as sodium carbonate or potassium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, or potassium hydrogen carbonate. Alkali metal bicarbonates such as triethylamine, tributylamine, N, N-dimethylaniline, pyridine, 4- (dimethylamino) pyridine, imidazole, 1,8-diazabicyclo [5,4,0] -7-undecene, etc. An organic base or the like can be used in an amount of 1 to 4 equivalents relative to one carboxyl group of the compound represented by the formula X2.
 反応温度は-60℃から反応混合物の還流温度までの任意の温度を設定することができ、反応時間は、反応基質の濃度、反応温度によって変化するが、通常5分から100時間の範囲で任意に設定できる。 The reaction temperature can be set to an arbitrary temperature from −60 ° C. to the reflux temperature of the reaction mixture, and the reaction time varies depending on the concentration of the reaction substrate and the reaction temperature, but is usually arbitrarily within a range of 5 minutes to 100 hours. Can be set.
 一般的には、例えば式X2で表される化合物のカルボキシル基1基に対して1~20当量の式X1で表される化合物及び1~4当量のWSC(1-エチル-3-(3-ジメチルアミノプロピル)-カルボジイミド 塩酸塩)、CDI(カルボニルジイミダゾール)等の縮合剤を用い、必要ならば1~4当量の炭酸カリウム、トリエチルアミン、ピリジン、4-(ジメチルアミノ)ピリジン等の塩基存在下にて、無溶媒か又はジクロロメタン、クロロホルム、ジエチルエーテル、テトラヒドロフラン、1,4-ジオキサン等の溶媒を用い、0℃からこれらの溶媒の還流温度の範囲で、10分から24時間反応を行なうのが好ましい。 In general, for example, 1 to 20 equivalents of the compound represented by the formula X1 and 1 to 4 equivalents of WSC (1-ethyl-3- (3- Using a condensing agent such as dimethylaminopropyl) -carbodiimide hydrochloride) or CDI (carbonyldiimidazole), and if necessary, in the presence of a base such as 1 to 4 equivalents of potassium carbonate, triethylamine, pyridine, 4- (dimethylamino) pyridine, etc. The reaction is preferably carried out at 0 ° C. to the reflux temperature of these solvents for 10 minutes to 24 hours using no solvent or a solvent such as dichloromethane, chloroform, diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane. .
 また、式X2で表される化合物から文献記載の公知の方法、例えば、塩化チオニル、五塩化リン又はオキザリルクロライド等のクロル化剤と反応させる方法、塩化ピバロイル又はクロルギ酸イソブチル等の有機酸ハロゲン化物と、必要ならば上記に記載された塩基の存在下反応させたあとに、化合物X1と反応させることにより、式b-1で表される化合物を合成することもできる。 Further, known methods described in the literature from the compound represented by the formula X2, for example, a method of reacting with a chlorinating agent such as thionyl chloride, phosphorus pentachloride or oxalyl chloride, an organic acid halogen such as pivaloyl chloride or isobutyl chloroformate The compound represented by the formula b-1 can also be synthesized by reacting the compound with a compound X1 after reacting with a compound in the presence of the above-described base if necessary.
 この場合、式X2で表される化合物のカルボキシル基1基に対して0.98~1.05当量の式X1で表されるジアルコールアミン化合物を用いることができ、必要ならば塩基の存在下反応させることにより、式b-1で表される化合物を得ることができる。 In this case, 0.98 to 1.05 equivalent of the dialcoholamine compound represented by the formula X1 can be used with respect to one carboxyl group of the compound represented by the formula X2, and if necessary, in the presence of a base. By reacting, the compound represented by the formula b-1 can be obtained.
 溶媒を用いる場合、用いられる溶媒としては反応の進行を阻害しないものであれば特に制限はないが、例えばベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン等の芳香族炭化水素類、ヘキサン、ヘプタン等の脂肪族炭化水素類、シクロヘキサン等の脂環式炭化水素類、クロロベンゼン、ジクロロベンゼン等の芳香族ハロゲン化炭化水素類、ジクロロメタン、クロロホルム、四塩化炭素、1,2-ジクロロエタン、1,1,1-トリクロロエタン、トリクロロエチレン、テトラクロロエチレン等の脂肪族ハロゲン化炭化水素類、ジエチルエーテル、1,2-ジメトキシエタン、テトラヒドロフラン、1,4-ジオキサン等のエーテル類、酢酸エチル、プロピオン酸エチル等のエステル類、ジメチルホルムアミド、ジメチルアセトアミド、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン等のアミド類、トリエチルアミン、トリブチルアミン、N,N-ジメチルアニリン等のアミン類、ピリジン、ピコリン等のピリジン類、メタノール、エタノール、エチレングリコール等のアルコール類、アセトニトリル、ジメチルスルホキシド、スルホラン、1,3-ジメチル-2-イミダゾリジノン及び水等が挙げられる。これらの溶媒は単独で用いても、これらのうちの2種類以上を混合して用いてもよい。 In the case of using a solvent, the solvent to be used is not particularly limited as long as it does not inhibit the progress of the reaction. For example, aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene, and aliphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane and heptane. , Cycloaliphatic hydrocarbons, chlorobenzene, dichlorobenzene and other aromatic halogenated hydrocarbons, dichloromethane, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, 1,2-dichloroethane, 1,1,1-trichloroethane, trichloroethylene, tetrachloroethylene Aliphatic halogenated hydrocarbons such as diethyl ether, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, tetrahydrofuran, ethers such as 1,4-dioxane, esters such as ethyl acetate and ethyl propionate, dimethylformamide, dimethylacetamide, N -Methyl-2-pyro Amides such as Don, amines such as triethylamine, tributylamine and N, N-dimethylaniline, pyridines such as pyridine and picoline, alcohols such as methanol, ethanol and ethylene glycol, acetonitrile, dimethyl sulfoxide, sulfolane, 1, Examples include 3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone and water. These solvents may be used alone or as a mixture of two or more thereof.
 塩基を用いる場合、例えば水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム等のアルカリ金属水酸化物、ナトリウムエトキシド、カリウムターシャリーブトキシド等のアルカリ金属アルコキシド類、リチウムジイソプロピルアミド、リチウムヘキサメチルジシラザン、ナトリウムアミド等のアルカリ金属アミド類、ターシャリーブチルリチウム等の有機金属化合物、炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸カリウム、炭酸水素ナトリウム等のアルカリ金属炭酸塩、トリエチルアミン、トリブチルアミン、N,N-ジメチルアニリン、ピリジン、4-(ジメチルアミノ)ピリジン、イミダゾール、1,8-ジアザビシクロ[5,4,0]-7-ウンデセン等の有機塩基等を、式X2で表される化合物のエステル基1基に対して1~4当量用いることができる。 When using a base, for example, alkali metal hydroxides such as sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide, alkali metal alkoxides such as sodium ethoxide and potassium tertiary butoxide, lithium diisopropylamide, lithium hexamethyldisilazane, sodium amide and the like Alkali metal amides, organic metal compounds such as tertiary butyl lithium, alkali metal carbonates such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, triethylamine, tributylamine, N, N-dimethylaniline, pyridine, 4- (dimethylamino) ) An organic base such as pyridine, imidazole, 1,8-diazabicyclo [5,4,0] -7-undecene or the like is used in an amount of 1 to 4 equivalents relative to one ester group of the compound represented by the formula X2. it can.
 反応温度は-60℃から反応混合物の還流温度までの任意の温度を設定することができ、反応時間は、反応基質の濃度、反応温度によって変化するが、通常5分から100時間の範囲で任意に設定できる。 The reaction temperature can be set to an arbitrary temperature from −60 ° C. to the reflux temperature of the reaction mixture, and the reaction time varies depending on the concentration of the reaction substrate and the reaction temperature, but is usually arbitrarily within a range of 5 minutes to 100 hours. Can be set.
 一般的には、化合物X1のアミノ基1当量に対して0.98~1.05等量の化合物X2とを用い、テトラヒドロフラン、1,4-ジオキサン、アセトニトリルやN、N-ジメチルホルムアミド等の極性溶媒中、必要ならば塩基として水素化ナトリウム、カリウムターシャリーブトキシド、水酸化カリウム、炭酸カリウム、トリエチルアミンやピリジン等を化合物X2のアミノ基1当量に対して1~3当量用いて、0~90℃の温度範囲で、10分から24時間反応を行なうのが好ましい。 Generally, 0.98 to 1.05 equivalent of compound X2 is used with respect to 1 equivalent of amino group of compound X1, and polar such as tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, acetonitrile, N, N-dimethylformamide, etc. 0 to 90 ° C. using 1 to 3 equivalents of sodium hydride, potassium tertiary butoxide, potassium hydroxide, potassium carbonate, triethylamine or pyridine as a base, if necessary, with respect to 1 equivalent of the amino group of compound X2. The reaction is preferably carried out in the temperature range of 10 minutes to 24 hours.
 <式(b-2)の化合物の製造>
 下記式b-2で表される化合物については、下記式X3で表されるポリイソシアネート化合物と、上記化合物X1とを反応させることにより製造することができる。
<Production of compound of formula (b-2)>
The compound represented by the following formula b-2 can be produced by reacting the polyisocyanate compound represented by the following formula X3 with the compound X1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
 
 イソシアネートX3とジアルコールアミンX1との反応において、ジアルコールアミンX1の使用量は、イソシアネートX3に含まれるイソシアネート基1基に対し、0.98~1.2当量倍を反応させればよい。より好ましくは、1.0~1.02当量倍である。 In the reaction of isocyanate X3 and dialcohol amine X1, the amount of dialcohol amine X1 used may be 0.98 to 1.2 equivalent times the amount of one isocyanate group contained in isocyanate X3. More preferably, it is 1.0 to 1.02 equivalent times.
 反応溶媒としては、反応に不活性なものであれば特に限定はないが、例えば、ヘキサン、シクロヘキサン、ベンゼン、トルエン等の炭化水素類;四塩化炭素、クロロホルム、1,2-ジクロロエタン等のハロゲン系炭化水素類;ジエチルエーテル、ジイソプロピルエーテル、1,4-ジオキサン、テトラヒドロフラン等のエーテル類;アセトン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン等のケトン類;アセトニトリル、プロピオニトリル等のニトリル類;酢酸エチル、プロピオン酸エチル等のカルボン酸エステル類;N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、1,3-ジメチル-2-イミダゾリジノン等の含窒素非プロトン性極性溶媒;ジメチルスルホキシド、スルホラン等の含硫黄非プロトン性極性溶媒;ピリジン、ピコリン等のピリジン類等が挙げられる。これらの溶媒は単独で用いても、これらのうちの2種類以上を混合して用いてもよい。好ましくはトルエン、アセトニトリル、酢酸エチルであり、さらに好ましくはトルエン、酢酸エチルである。 The reaction solvent is not particularly limited as long as it is inert to the reaction. For example, hydrocarbons such as hexane, cyclohexane, benzene and toluene; halogens such as carbon tetrachloride, chloroform and 1,2-dichloroethane Hydrocarbons; ethers such as diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, 1,4-dioxane and tetrahydrofuran; ketones such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone and methyl isobutyl ketone; nitriles such as acetonitrile and propionitrile; ethyl acetate and ethyl propionate N-containing aprotic polar solvents such as N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone; Dimethyl sulfoxide, sulfolane, etc. Sulfur aprotic polar solvent; pyridine, pyridines picoline and the like. These solvents may be used alone or as a mixture of two or more thereof. Preferred are toluene, acetonitrile and ethyl acetate, and more preferred are toluene and ethyl acetate.
 溶媒の使用量(反応濃度)は特に限定されないが、溶媒を用いずに反応を実施してもよく、また溶媒を使用する場合にはイソシアネート化合物(C)に対し、0.1~100質量倍の溶媒を用いてもよい。好ましくは0.5~30質量倍であり、さらに好ましくは1~10質量倍である。 The amount of the solvent used (reaction concentration) is not particularly limited, but the reaction may be carried out without using a solvent. When a solvent is used, it is 0.1 to 100 times by mass with respect to the isocyanate compound (C). These solvents may be used. The amount is preferably 0.5 to 30 times by mass, more preferably 1 to 10 times by mass.
 反応温度は特に限定されないが、例えば-90~150℃、好ましくは-30~100℃で、さらに好ましくは0~80℃である。 The reaction temperature is not particularly limited, but is, for example, −90 to 150 ° C., preferably −30 to 100 ° C., and more preferably 0 to 80 ° C.
 反応時間は、通常0.05~200時間、好ましくは0.5~100時間である。 The reaction time is usually 0.05 to 200 hours, preferably 0.5 to 100 hours.
 反応時間を短縮させるために触媒を添加してもよく、その例としては、ジブチルスズジラウレート、ジオクチルスズビス(イソオクチルチオグリコール酸エステル)、ジブチルスズビス(イソオクチルチオグリコール酸エステル)、ジブチルスズジアセテート等の有機スズ化合物;トリエチルアミン、トリメチルアミン、トリプロピルアミン、トリブチルアミン、ジイソプロピルエチルアミン、N,N-ジメチルシクロヘキシルアミン、ピリジン、テトラメチルブタンジアミン、N-メチルモルホリン、1,4-ジアザビシクロ-2.2.2-オクタン、1,8-ジアザビシクロ[5.4.0]ウンデセン、1,5-ジアザビシクロ[4.3.0]ノネン-5等のアミン類;p-トルエンスルホン酸、メタンスルホン酸、フルオロ硫酸等の有機スルホン酸;硫酸、リン酸、過塩素酸等の無機酸;テトラブチルチタネート、テトラエチルチタネート、テトライソプロピルチタネート等のチタン化合物;ビスマストリス(2-エチルヘキサノエート)等のビスマス系化合物;四級アンモニウム塩等が挙げられる。これら触媒は、1種単独で用いてもよく、2種以上組み合わせて用いてもよい。また、これら触媒は液体であるか、又は、反応溶媒に溶解するものが好ましい。 A catalyst may be added to shorten the reaction time. Examples thereof include dibutyltin dilaurate, dioctyltin bis (isooctyl thioglycolate), dibutyltin bis (isooctyl thioglycolate), dibutyltin diacetate, etc. Organotin compounds of: triethylamine, trimethylamine, tripropylamine, tributylamine, diisopropylethylamine, N, N-dimethylcyclohexylamine, pyridine, tetramethylbutanediamine, N-methylmorpholine, 1,4-diazabicyclo-2.2.2 -Amines such as octane, 1,8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undecene, 1,5-diazabicyclo [4.3.0] nonene-5; p-toluenesulfonic acid, methanesulfonic acid, fluorosulfuric acid, etc. of Inorganic acids such as sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid and perchloric acid; titanium compounds such as tetrabutyl titanate, tetraethyl titanate and tetraisopropyl titanate; bismuth compounds such as bismuth tris (2-ethylhexanoate); quaternary An ammonium salt etc. are mentioned. These catalysts may be used alone or in combination of two or more. These catalysts are preferably liquid or soluble in the reaction solvent.
 触媒を添加する場合、イソシアネート基を有する化合物の総使用量(質量)に対し、0.005~100wt%の量で触媒を使用してもよく、好ましくは0.05~10wt%、さらに好ましくは0.1~5wt%である。触媒として有機スズ化合物、チタン化合物、ビスマス系化合物を使用するのであれば、好ましくは同0.005~0.1wt%である。 When a catalyst is added, the catalyst may be used in an amount of 0.005 to 100 wt%, preferably 0.05 to 10 wt%, more preferably based on the total amount (mass) of the compound having an isocyanate group. 0.1 to 5 wt%. If an organotin compound, a titanium compound, or a bismuth compound is used as the catalyst, the amount is preferably 0.005 to 0.1 wt%.
 反応は、常圧又は加圧下で行うことができ、また回分式でも連続式でもよい。 The reaction can be carried out at normal pressure or under pressure, and may be batch or continuous.
 <式(b-3)の化合物の製造>
 下記式b-3で表される化合物については、下記式X4で表されるポリアミン化合物と、下記式X5で表されるカルボン酸とを反応させて、下記式X6で表されるポリカルボン酸に変換した後、上記式X1で表されるジアルコールアミン化合物とを反応させることにより製造することができる。
<Production of compound of formula (b-3)>
For the compound represented by the following formula b-3, a polyamine compound represented by the following formula X4 and a carboxylic acid represented by the following formula X5 are reacted to form a polycarboxylic acid represented by the following formula X6. After the conversion, it can be produced by reacting the dialcoholamine compound represented by the formula X1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
 
 化合物X4と化合物X5との反応において、反応基質の量は、化合物X4のアミノ基1当量に対して0.98~1.05等量の化合物X5を用いることができる。 In the reaction between Compound X4 and Compound X5, the amount of the reaction substrate can be 0.98 to 1.05 equivalent of Compound X5 with respect to 1 equivalent of the amino group of Compound X4.
 溶媒を用いる場合、用いられる溶媒としては反応の進行を阻害しないものであれば特に制限はないが、例えばベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン等の芳香族炭化水素類、ヘキサン、ヘプタン等の脂肪族炭化水素類、シクロヘキサン等の脂環式炭化水素類、クロロベンゼン、ジクロロベンゼン等の芳香族ハロゲン化炭化水素類、ジクロロメタン、クロロホルム、四塩化炭素、1,2-ジクロロエタン、1,1,1-トリクロロエタン、トリクロロエチレン、テトラクロロエチレン等の脂肪族ハロゲン化炭化水素類、ジエチルエーテル、1,2-ジメトキシエタン、テトラヒドロフラン、1,4-ジオキサン等のエーテル類、酢酸エチル、プロピオン酸エチル等のエステル類、ジメチルホルムアミド、ジメチルアセトアミド、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン等のアミド類、トリエチルアミン、トリブチルアミン、N,N-ジメチルアニリン等のアミン類、ピリジン、ピコリン等のピリジン類、メタノール、エタノール、エチレングリコール等のアルコール類、アセトニトリル、ジメチルスルホキシド、スルホラン、1,3-ジメチル-2-イミダゾリジノン及び水等が挙げられる。これらの溶媒は単独で用いても、これらのうちの2種類以上を混合して用いてもよい。 In the case of using a solvent, the solvent to be used is not particularly limited as long as it does not inhibit the progress of the reaction. For example, aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene, and aliphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane and heptane. , Cycloaliphatic hydrocarbons, chlorobenzene, dichlorobenzene and other aromatic halogenated hydrocarbons, dichloromethane, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, 1,2-dichloroethane, 1,1,1-trichloroethane, trichloroethylene, tetrachloroethylene Aliphatic halogenated hydrocarbons such as diethyl ether, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, tetrahydrofuran, ethers such as 1,4-dioxane, esters such as ethyl acetate and ethyl propionate, dimethylformamide, dimethylacetamide, N -Methyl-2-pyro Amides such as Don, amines such as triethylamine, tributylamine and N, N-dimethylaniline, pyridines such as pyridine and picoline, alcohols such as methanol, ethanol and ethylene glycol, acetonitrile, dimethyl sulfoxide, sulfolane, 1, Examples include 3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone and water. These solvents may be used alone or as a mixture of two or more thereof.
 塩基を用いる場合、例えば水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム等のアルカリ金属水酸化物、ナトリウムエトキシド、カリウムターシャリーブトキシド等のアルカリ金属アルコキシド類、リチウムジイソプロピルアミド、リチウムヘキサメチルジシラザン、ナトリウムアミド等のアルカリ金属アミド類、ターシャリーブチルリチウム等の有機金属化合物、炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸カリウム、炭酸水素ナトリウム等のアルカリ金属炭酸塩、トリエチルアミン、トリブチルアミン、N,N-ジメチルアニリン、ピリジン、4-(ジメチルアミノ)ピリジン、イミダゾール1,8-ジアザビシクロ[5.4.0]ウンデセン等の有機塩基等を、式X4で表される化合物のアミノ基1基に対して1~4当量用いることができる。 When using a base, for example, alkali metal hydroxides such as sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide, alkali metal alkoxides such as sodium ethoxide and potassium tertiary butoxide, lithium diisopropylamide, lithium hexamethyldisilazane, sodium amide and the like Alkali metal amides, organic metal compounds such as tertiary butyl lithium, alkali metal carbonates such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, triethylamine, tributylamine, N, N-dimethylaniline, pyridine, 4- (dimethylamino) ) An organic base such as pyridine and imidazole 1,8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undecene can be used in an amount of 1 to 4 equivalents based on one amino group of the compound represented by the formula X4.
 反応温度は-60℃から反応混合物の還流温度までの任意の温度を設定することができ、反応時間は、反応基質の濃度、反応温度によって変化するが、通常5分から100時間の範囲で任意に設定できる。 The reaction temperature can be set to an arbitrary temperature from −60 ° C. to the reflux temperature of the reaction mixture, and the reaction time varies depending on the concentration of the reaction substrate and the reaction temperature, but is usually arbitrarily within a range of 5 minutes to 100 hours. Can be set.
 一般的には、例えば化合物X4と、化合物X4のアミノ基1当量に対して0.98~1.05等量の化合物X5とを用い、テトラヒドロフラン、1,4-ジオキサン、アセトニトリルやN、N-ジメチルホルムアミド等の極性溶媒中、必要ならば塩基として水素化ナトリウム、カリウムターシャリーブトキシド、水酸化カリウム、炭酸カリウム、トリエチルアミンやピリジン等を化合物X4のアミノ基1当量に対して1~3当量用いて、0~90℃の温度範囲で、10分から24時間反応を行なうのが好ましい。 In general, for example, using Compound X4 and 0.98 to 1.05 equivalent of Compound X5 with respect to 1 equivalent of the amino group of Compound X4, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, acetonitrile, N, N— In a polar solvent such as dimethylformamide, if necessary, 1 to 3 equivalents of sodium hydride, potassium tertiary butoxide, potassium hydroxide, potassium carbonate, triethylamine, pyridine and the like are used as a base with respect to 1 equivalent of the amino group of compound X4. The reaction is preferably carried out in the temperature range of 0 to 90 ° C. for 10 minutes to 24 hours.
化合物X6と化合物X1との反応条件、基質の等量等は、上記化合物X2と化合物X1との反応条件に準じる。 The reaction conditions between compound X6 and compound X1, the equivalent amount of the substrate, and the like conform to the reaction conditions between compound X2 and compound X1.
 <式(b-4)の化合物の製造>
 下記式b-4で表される化合物については、下記式X4で表されるポリアミン化合物と、下記式X7で表される酸ハライドとを反応させて、下記式X8で表されるポリアミドを得た後、上記式X1で表されるジアルコールアミン化合物とを反応させることにより製造することができる。
<Production of compound of formula (b-4)>
For the compound represented by the following formula b-4, a polyamine compound represented by the following formula X4 and an acid halide represented by the following formula X7 were reacted to obtain a polyamide represented by the following formula X8. Then, it can manufacture by making the dialcoholamine compound represented by the said formula X1 react.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
 
 化合物X7は、上記化合物X5を、公知の方法、例えば、塩化チオニル、五塩化リン又はオキザリルクロライド等のクロル化剤と反応させる方法、塩化ピバロイル又はクロルギ酸イソブチル等の有機酸ハロゲン化物と、必要ならば上記に記載された塩基の存在下反応させることで得られる。X7とX4との反応における反応条件、基質の等量等は、上記化合物X2と化合物X1との反応条件に準じる。 Compound X7 requires the above-mentioned compound X5 in a known manner, for example, a method of reacting with a chlorinating agent such as thionyl chloride, phosphorus pentachloride or oxalyl chloride, an organic acid halide such as pivaloyl chloride or isobutyl chloroformate, and the like. Then, it can be obtained by reacting in the presence of the base described above. The reaction conditions in the reaction between X7 and X4, the equivalent amount of the substrate, and the like are in accordance with the reaction conditions between the compound X2 and the compound X1.
 <式(b-5)の化合物の製造>
 下記式b-5で表される化合物については、下記式X9で表されるアクリル酸誘導体と、上記化合物X1とを反応させて、下記式X10で表される化合物に変換した後、上記式X4で表されるポリアミン化合物とを反応させることにより製造することができる。
<Production of compound of formula (b-5)>
The compound represented by the following formula b-5 is converted into a compound represented by the following formula X10 by reacting an acrylic acid derivative represented by the following formula X9 with the above compound X1, and then converted to the above formula X4. It can manufacture by making the polyamine compound represented by these react.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
 
 <式(b-6)の化合物の製造>
 下記式b-6で表される化合物については、上記式X9で表されるアクリル酸誘導体と、上記化合物X4とを反応させて、下記式X11で表される化合物に変換した後、上記化合物X1と反応させることにより製造することができる。
<Production of compound of formula (b-6)>
With respect to the compound represented by the following formula b-6, the acrylic acid derivative represented by the above formula X9 and the above compound X4 are reacted to convert to the compound represented by the following formula X11, and then the above compound X1 It can manufacture by making it react.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
 
 <他の式(b)の化合物の製造>
 あとは、上記反応条件を応用することで、多様な種類の化合物(B)を合成することができる。
<Production of other compounds of formula (b)>
After that, various kinds of compounds (B) can be synthesized by applying the above reaction conditions.
 なお、上記式X1~X9及びb-1~b-6中、R、n2、L、Lおよびnは前記と同じ意味を表し、Jは塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子、C~Cアルキルカルボニルオキシ基(例えば、ピバロイルオキシ基)、C~Cアルキルスルホネート基(例えば、メタンスルホニルオキシ基)、C~Cハロアルキルスルホネート基(例えば、トリフルオロメタンスルホニルオキシ基)、アリールスルホネート基(例えば、ベンゼンスルホニルオキシ基、p-トルエンスルホニルオキシ基)又はアゾリル基(例えば、イミダゾール-1-イル基)のような良好な脱離基を表し、JはCl等を表し、Jはメトキシ基やエトキシ基等のアルコキシ基を表す。 In the above formulas X1 to X9 and b-1 to b-6, R 1 , n2, L 6 , L 7 and n represent the same meaning as described above, J represents a chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom, C 1 -C 4 alkylcarbonyloxy group (eg pivaloyloxy group), C 1 -C 4 alkyl sulfonate group (eg methanesulfonyloxy group), C 1 -C 4 haloalkyl sulfonate group (eg trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy group), aryl Represents a good leaving group such as a sulfonate group (for example, benzenesulfonyloxy group, p-toluenesulfonyloxy group) or an azolyl group (for example, imidazol-1-yl group), J 2 represents Cl and the like; 3 represents an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group or an ethoxy group.
 ヒドロキシアルキル基が少なくとも1つ結合した窒素原子を一分子中に2~6個有する化合物は、多すぎると十分な液晶配向規制力が発現されないことや溶解性の観点から悪影響を与えたり、少なすぎると本発明の効果が得られない。そのため、ヒドロキシアルキル基が少なくとも1つ結合した窒素原子を一分子中に2~6個有する化合物の添加量は、(A)成分の重合体に対して、0.1~20質量%が好ましく、1~10質量%がより好ましい。 A compound having 2 to 6 nitrogen atoms to which at least one hydroxyalkyl group is bonded in one molecule will not exert sufficient liquid crystal alignment regulating ability or will have an adverse effect from the viewpoint of solubility or too little if too much. The effects of the present invention cannot be obtained. Therefore, the addition amount of the compound having 2 to 6 nitrogen atoms bonded to at least one hydroxyalkyl group in the molecule is preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass with respect to the polymer of component (A). 1 to 10% by mass is more preferable.
<<(C)有機溶媒>>
 本発明に用いられる重合体組成物に用いる有機溶媒は、樹脂成分を溶解させる有機溶媒であれば特に限定されない。その具体例を以下に挙げる。
 N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N-メチルカプロラクタム、2-ピロリドン、N-エチルピロリドン、N-ビニルピロリドン、ジメチルスルホキシド、テトラメチル尿素、ピリジン、ジメチルスルホン、ヘキサメチルスルホキシド、γ-ブチロラクトン、3-メトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、3-エトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、3-ブトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、1,3-ジメチル-イミダゾリジノン、エチルアミルケトン、メチルノニルケトン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソアミルケトン、メチルイソプロピルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、エチレンカーボネート、プロピレンカーボネート、ジグライム、4-ヒドロキシ-4-メチル-2-ペンタノン、プロピレングリコールモノアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコール-tert-ブチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコールモノアセテート、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノアセテートモノメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノアセテートモノエチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノアセテートモノプロピルエーテル、3-メチル-3-メトキシブチルアセテート、トリプロピレングリコールメチルエーテル等が挙げられる。これらは単独で使用しても、混合して使用してもよい。
<< (C) Organic solvent >>
The organic solvent used for the polymer composition used in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is an organic solvent that dissolves the resin component. Specific examples are given below.
N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-methylcaprolactam, 2-pyrrolidone, N-ethylpyrrolidone, N-vinylpyrrolidone, dimethylsulfoxide, tetramethylurea, pyridine, Dimethylsulfone, hexamethylsulfoxide, γ-butyrolactone, 3-methoxy-N, N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-ethoxy-N, N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-butoxy-N, N-dimethylpropanamide, 1,3 -Dimethyl-imidazolidinone, ethyl amyl ketone, methyl nonyl ketone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isoamyl ketone, methyl isopropyl ketone, cyclohexanone, ethylene carbonate, propylene carbonate, diglyme, 4-hydroxy-4 Methyl-2-pentanone, propylene glycol monoacetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol-tert-butyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol, diethylene glycol monoacetate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoacetate monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl Ether, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoacetate monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monopropyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoacetate monopropyl ether, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, tripropylene glycol methyl ether, etc. Is mentioned. These may be used alone or in combination.
 本発明に用いられる重合体組成物は、上記(A)、(B)及び(C)成分以外の成分を含有してもよい。その例としては、重合体組成物を塗布した際の、膜厚均一性や表面平滑性を向上させる溶媒や化合物、液晶配向膜と基板との密着性を向上させる化合物等を挙げることができるが、これに限定されない。 The polymer composition used in the present invention may contain components other than the above components (A), (B) and (C). Examples thereof include solvents and compounds that improve the film thickness uniformity and surface smoothness when the polymer composition is applied, and compounds that improve the adhesion between the liquid crystal alignment film and the substrate. However, the present invention is not limited to this.
 膜厚の均一性や表面平滑性を向上させる溶媒(貧溶媒)の具体例としては、次のものが挙げられる。
 例えば、イソプロピルアルコール、メトキシメチルペンタノール、メチルセロソルブ、エチルセロソルブ、ブチルセロソルブ、メチルセロソルブアセテート、エチルセロソルブアセテート、ブチルカルビトール、エチルカルビトール、エチルカルビトールアセテート、エチレングリコール、エチレングリコールモノアセテート、エチレングリコールモノイソプロピルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、プロピレングリコール、プロピレングリコールモノアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコール-tert-ブチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコールモノアセテート、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノアセテートモノメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノアセテートモノエチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノアセテートモノプロピルエーテル、3-メチル-3-メトキシブチルアセテート、トリプロピレングリコールメチルエーテル、3-メチル-3-メトキシブタノール、ジイソプロピルエーテル、エチルイソブチルエーテル、ジイソブチレン、アミルアセテート、ブチルブチレート、ブチルエーテル、ジイソブチルケトン、メチルシクロへキセン、プロピルエーテル、ジヘキシルエーテル、1-ヘキサノール、n-へキサン、n-ペンタン、n-オクタン、ジエチルエーテル、乳酸メチル、乳酸エチル、酢酸メチル、酢酸エチル、酢酸n-ブチル、酢酸プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ピルビン酸メチル、ピルビン酸エチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチルエチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸、3-メトキシプロピオン酸、3-メトキシプロピオン酸プロピル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸ブチル、1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール、1-エトキシ-2-プロパノール、1-ブトキシ-2-プロパノール、1-フェノキシ-2-プロパノール、プロピレングリコールモノアセテート、プロピレングリコールジアセテート、プロピレングリコール-1-モノメチルエーテル-2-アセテート、プロピレングリコール-1-モノエチルエーテル-2-アセテート、ジプロピレングリコール、2-(2-エトキシプロポキシ)プロパノール、乳酸メチルエステル、乳酸エチルエステル、乳酸n-プロピルエステル、乳酸n-ブチルエステル、乳酸イソアミルエステル等の低表面張力を有する溶媒等が挙げられる。
The following are mentioned as a specific example of the solvent (poor solvent) which improves the uniformity of film thickness and surface smoothness.
For example, isopropyl alcohol, methoxymethylpentanol, methyl cellosolve, ethyl cellosolve, butyl cellosolve, methyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, butyl carbitol, ethyl carbitol, ethyl carbitol acetate, ethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monoacetate, ethylene glycol monoacetate Isopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol, propylene glycol monoacetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol-tert-butyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol, diethylene glycol monoacetate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, dipro Lenglycol monoacetate monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoacetate monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monopropyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoacetate monopropyl ether, 3-methyl-3 -Methoxybutyl acetate, tripropylene glycol methyl ether, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutanol, diisopropyl ether, ethyl isobutyl ether, diisobutylene, amyl acetate, butyl butyrate, butyl ether, diisobutyl ketone, methylcyclohexene, propyl ether, dihexyl Ether, 1-hexanol, n-hexane, n-pentane, n-octane Diethyl ether, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, Ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, 3-ethoxypropionic acid, 3-methoxypropionic acid, propyl 3-methoxypropionate, butyl 3-methoxypropionate, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, 1-ethoxy-2-propanol, 1 -Butoxy-2-propanol, 1-phenoxy-2-propanol, propylene glycol monoacetate, propylene glycol diacetate, propylene glycol-1-monomethyl ether-2-acetate, propylene glycol- 1-monoethyl ether-2-acetate, dipropylene glycol, 2- (2-ethoxypropoxy) propanol, lactate methyl ester, lactate ethyl ester, lactate n-propyl ester, lactate n-butyl ester, lactyl isoamyl ester, etc. Examples include solvents having surface tension.
 これらの貧溶媒は、1種類でも複数種類を混合して用いてもよい。上述のような溶媒を用いる場合は、重合体組成物に含まれる溶媒全体の溶解性を著しく低下させることが無いように、溶媒全体の5質量%~80質量%であることが好ましく、より好ましくは20質量%~60質量%である。 These poor solvents may be used alone or in combination. When using the solvent as described above, it is preferably 5% by mass to 80% by mass of the total solvent, more preferably so as not to significantly reduce the solubility of the entire solvent contained in the polymer composition. Is 20% by mass to 60% by mass.
 膜厚の均一性や表面平滑性を向上させる化合物としては、フッ素系界面活性剤、シリコーン系界面活性剤およびノ二オン系界面活性剤等が挙げられる。
 より具体的には、例えば、エフトップ(登録商標)301、EF303、EF352(トーケムプロダクツ社製)、メガファック(登録商標)F171、F173、R-30(DIC社製)、フロラードFC430、FC431(住友スリーエム社製)、アサヒガード(登録商標)AG710(旭硝子社製)、サーフロン(登録商標)S-382、SC101、SC102、SC103、SC104、SC105、SC106(AGCセイミケミカル社製)等が挙げられる。これらの界面活性剤の使用割合は、重合体組成物に含有される樹脂成分の100質量部に対して、好ましくは0.01質量部~2質量部、より好ましくは0.01質量部~1質量部である。
Examples of the compound that improves film thickness uniformity and surface smoothness include fluorine-based surfactants, silicone-based surfactants, and nonionic surfactants.
More specifically, for example, Ftop (registered trademark) 301, EF303, EF352 (manufactured by Tochem Products), MegaFac (registered trademark) F171, F173, R-30 (manufactured by DIC), Florard FC430, FC431 (Manufactured by Sumitomo 3M), Asahi Guard (registered trademark) AG710 (manufactured by Asahi Glass Company), Surflon (registered trademark) S-382, SC101, SC102, SC103, SC104, SC105, SC106 (manufactured by AGC Seimi Chemical Co., Ltd.) It is done. The use ratio of these surfactants is preferably 0.01 to 2 parts by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 1 part by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin component contained in the polymer composition. Part by mass.
 液晶配向膜と基板との密着性を向上させる化合物の具体例としては、次に示す官能性シラン含有化合物などが挙げられる。
 例えば、3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、2-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、2-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、N-(2-アミノエチル)-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、N-(2-アミノエチル)-3-アミノプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、3-ウレイドプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-ウレイドプロピルトリエトキシシラン、N-エトキシカルボニル-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、N-エトキシカルボニル-3-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、N-トリエトキシシリルプロピルトリエチレントリアミン、N-トリメトキシシリルプロピルトリエチレントリアミン、10-トリメトキシシリル-1,4,7-トリアザデカン、10-トリエトキシシリル-1,4,7-トリアザデカン、9-トリメトキシシリル-3,6-ジアザノニルアセテート、9-トリエトキシシリル-3,6-ジアザノニルアセテート、N-ベンジル-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、N-ベンジル-3-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、N-フェニル-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、N-フェニル-3-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、N-ビス(オキシエチレン)-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、N-ビス(オキシエチレン)-3-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン等が挙げられる。
Specific examples of the compound that improves the adhesion between the liquid crystal alignment film and the substrate include the following functional silane-containing compounds.
For example, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, 2-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 2-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, N- (2-aminoethyl) -3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane N- (2-aminoethyl) -3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-ureidopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-ureidopropyltriethoxysilane, N-ethoxycarbonyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N-ethoxy Carbonyl-3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, N-triethoxysilylpropyltriethylenetriamine, N-trimethoxysilylpropyltriethylenetriamine, 10-trimethoxysilyl-1,4,7-triazadecane, 10-to Ethoxysilyl-1,4,7-triazadecane, 9-trimethoxysilyl-3,6-diazanonyl acetate, 9-triethoxysilyl-3,6-diazanonyl acetate, N-benzyl-3-aminopropyltri Methoxysilane, N-benzyl-3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, N-phenyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N-phenyl-3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, N-bis (oxyethylene) -3-amino Examples thereof include propyltrimethoxysilane and N-bis (oxyethylene) -3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane.
 さらに、基板と液晶配向膜の密着性の向上に加え、液晶表示素子を構成した時のバックライトによる電気特性の低下等を防ぐ目的で、以下のようなフェノプラスト系やエポキシ基含有化合物の添加剤を、重合体組成物中に含有させても良い。具体的なフェノプラスト系添加剤を以下に示すが、この構造に限定されない。 Furthermore, in addition to improving the adhesion between the substrate and the liquid crystal alignment film, the addition of the following phenoplasts and epoxy group-containing compounds for the purpose of preventing the deterioration of electrical characteristics due to the backlight when the liquid crystal display element is constructed An agent may be contained in the polymer composition. Specific phenoplast additives are shown below, but are not limited to this structure.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
 
 具体的なエポキシ基含有化合物としては、エチレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル、ポリエチレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル、プロピレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル、トリプロピレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル、ポリプロピレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル、ネオペンチルグリコールジグリシジルエーテル、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジグリシジルエーテル、グリセリンジグリシジルエーテル、2,2-ジブロモネオペンチルグリコールジグリシジルエーテル、1,3,5,6-テトラグリシジル-2,4-ヘキサンジオール、N,N,N’,N’,-テトラグリシジル-m-キシレンジアミン、1,3-ビス(N,N-ジグリシジルアミノメチル)シクロヘキサン、N,N,N’,N’,-テトラグリシジル-4、4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタンなどが例示される。 Specific epoxy group-containing compounds include ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, polyethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, propylene glycol diglycidyl ether, tripropylene glycol diglycidyl ether, polypropylene glycol diglycidyl ether, neopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether, 1, 6-hexanediol diglycidyl ether, glycerin diglycidyl ether, 2,2-dibromoneopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether, 1,3,5,6-tetraglycidyl-2,4-hexanediol, N, N, N ′, N ′,-tetraglycidyl-m-xylenediamine, 1,3-bis (N, N-diglycidylaminomethyl) cyclohexane, N, N, N ′, N ′,-tetraglycidyl- , 4'-diaminodiphenylmethane and the like.
 基板との密着性を向上させる化合物を使用する場合、その使用量は、重合体組成物に含有される樹脂成分の100質量部に対して0.1質量部~30質量部であることが好ましく、より好ましくは1質量部~20質量部である。使用量が0.1質量部未満であると密着性向上の効果は期待できず、30質量部よりも多くなると液晶の配向性が悪くなる場合がある。 When a compound that improves adhesion to the substrate is used, the amount used is preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin component contained in the polymer composition. More preferably, it is 1 to 20 parts by mass. If the amount used is less than 0.1 parts by mass, the effect of improving the adhesion cannot be expected, and if it exceeds 30 parts by mass, the orientation of the liquid crystal may deteriorate.
 添加剤として、光増感剤を用いることもできる。無色増感剤および三重項増感剤が好ましい。
 光増感剤としては、芳香族ニトロ化合物、クマリン(7-ジエチルアミノ-4-メチルクマリン、7-ヒドロキシ4-メチルクマリン)、ケトクマリン、カルボニルビスクマリン、芳香族2-ヒドロキシケトン、およびアミノ置換された、芳香族2-ヒドロキシケトン(2-ヒドロキシベンゾフェノン、モノ-もしくはジ-p-(ジメチルアミノ)-2-ヒドロキシベンゾフェノン)、アセトフェノン、アントラキノン、キサントン、チオキサントン、ベンズアントロン、チアゾリン(2-ベンゾイルメチレン-3-メチル-β-ナフトチアゾリン、2-(β-ナフトイルメチレン)-3-メチルベンゾチアゾリン、2-(α-ナフトイルメチレン)-3-メチルベンゾチアゾリン、2-(4-ビフェノイルメチレン)-3-メチルベンゾチアゾリン、2-(β-ナフトイルメチレン)-3-メチル
-β-ナフトチアゾリン、2-(4-ビフェノイルメチレン)-3-メチル-β-ナフトチアゾリン、2-(p-フルオロベンゾイルメチレン)-3-メチル-β-ナフトチアゾリン)、オキサゾリン(2-ベンゾイルメチレン-3-メチル-β-ナフトオキサゾリン、2-(β-ナフトイルメチレン)-3-メチルベンゾオキサゾリン、2-(α-ナフトイルメチレン)-3-メチルベンゾオキサゾリン、2-(4-ビフェノイルメチレン)-3-メチルベンゾオキサゾリン、2-(β-ナフトイルメチレン)-3-メチル-β-ナフトオキサゾリン、2-(4-ビフェノイルメチレン)-3-メチル-β-ナフトオキサゾリン、2-(p-フルオロベンゾイルメチレン)-3-メチル-β-ナフトオキサゾリン)、ベンゾチアゾール、ニトロアニリン(m-もしくはp-ニトロアニリン、2,4,6-トリニトロアニリン)またはニトロアセナフテン(5-ニトロアセナフテン)、(2-[(m-ヒドロキシ-p-メトキシ)スチリル]ベンゾチアゾール、ベンゾインアルキルエーテル、N-アルキル化フタロン、アセトフェノンケタール(2,2-ジメトキシフェニルエタノン)、ナフタレン、アントラセン(2-ナフタレンメタノール、2-ナフタレンカルボン酸、9-アントラセンメタノール、および9-アントラセンカルボン酸)、ベンゾピラン、アゾインドリジン、メロクマリン等がある。
 好ましくは、芳香族2-ヒドロキシケトン(ベンゾフェノン)、クマリン、ケトクマリン、カルボニルビスクマリン、アセトフェノン、アントラキノン、キサントン、チオキサントン、およびアセトフェノンケタールである。
A photosensitizer can also be used as an additive. Colorless and triplet sensitizers are preferred.
As photosensitizers, aromatic nitro compounds, coumarins (7-diethylamino-4-methylcoumarin, 7-hydroxy4-methylcoumarin), ketocoumarins, carbonyl biscoumarins, aromatic 2-hydroxyketones, and amino-substituted Aromatic 2-hydroxyketones (2-hydroxybenzophenone, mono- or di-p- (dimethylamino) -2-hydroxybenzophenone), acetophenone, anthraquinone, xanthone, thioxanthone, benzanthrone, thiazoline (2-benzoylmethylene-3 -Methyl-β-naphthothiazoline, 2- (β-naphthoylmethylene) -3-methylbenzothiazoline, 2- (α-naphthoylmethylene) -3-methylbenzothiazoline, 2- (4-biphenoylmethylene)- 3-methylbenzothia Phosphorus, 2- (β-naphthoylmethylene) -3-methyl-β-naphthothiazoline, 2- (4-biphenoylmethylene) -3-methyl-β-naphthothiazoline, 2- (p-fluorobenzoylmethylene)- 3-methyl-β-naphthothiazoline), oxazoline (2-benzoylmethylene-3-methyl-β-naphthoxazoline, 2- (β-naphthoylmethylene) -3-methylbenzoxazoline, 2- (α-naphthoylmethylene) ) -3-methylbenzoxazoline, 2- (4-biphenoylmethylene) -3-methylbenzoxazoline, 2- (β-naphthoylmethylene) -3-methyl-β-naphthoxazoline, 2- (4-biphenoyl) Methylene) -3-methyl-β-naphthoxazoline, 2- (p-fluorobenzoylmethylene) -3-methyl-β- Ftoxazoline), benzothiazole, nitroaniline (m- or p-nitroaniline, 2,4,6-trinitroaniline) or nitroacenaphthene (5-nitroacenaphthene), (2-[(m-hydroxy-p -Methoxy) styryl] benzothiazole, benzoin alkyl ether, N-alkylated phthalone, acetophenone ketal (2,2-dimethoxyphenylethanone), naphthalene, anthracene (2-naphthalenemethanol, 2-naphthalenecarboxylic acid, 9-anthracenemethanol And 9-anthracenecarboxylic acid), benzopyran, azoindolizine, melocoumarin and the like.
Aromatic 2-hydroxy ketone (benzophenone), coumarin, ketocoumarin, carbonyl biscoumarin, acetophenone, anthraquinone, xanthone, thioxanthone, and acetophenone ketal are preferred.
 重合体組成物には、上述したものの他、本発明の効果が損なわれない範囲であれば、液晶配向膜の誘電率や導電性などの電気特性を変化させる目的で、誘電体や導電物質、さらには、液晶配向膜にした際の膜の硬度や緻密度を高める目的で、架橋性化合物を添加してもよい。 In the polymer composition, in addition to the above-described ones, a dielectric, a conductive substance, or the like for the purpose of changing the electrical properties such as the dielectric constant and conductivity of the liquid crystal alignment film, as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. Furthermore, a crosslinkable compound may be added for the purpose of increasing the hardness and density of the liquid crystal alignment film.
 上述した重合体組成物を横電界駆動用の導電膜を有する基板上に塗布する方法は特に限定されない。
 塗布方法は、工業的には、スクリーン印刷、オフセット印刷、フレキソ印刷またはインクジェット法などで行う方法が一般的である。その他の塗布方法としては、ディップ法、ロールコータ法、スリットコータ法、スピンナ法(回転塗布法)またはスプレー法などがあり、目的に応じてこれらを用いてもよい。
The method for applying the polymer composition described above onto a substrate having a conductive film for driving a lateral electric field is not particularly limited.
In general, the application method is generally performed by screen printing, offset printing, flexographic printing, an inkjet method, or the like. Other coating methods include a dipping method, a roll coater method, a slit coater method, a spinner method (rotary coating method), or a spray method, and these may be used depending on the purpose.
 横電界駆動用の導電膜を有する基板上に重合体組成物を塗布した後は、ホットプレート、熱循環型オーブンまたはIR(赤外線)型オーブンなどの加熱手段により50~200℃、好ましくは50~150℃で溶媒を蒸発させて塗膜を得ることができる。このときの乾燥温度は、側鎖型高分子の液晶相発現温度よりも低いことが好ましい。
 塗膜の厚みは、厚すぎると液晶表示素子の消費電力の面で不利となり、薄すぎると液晶表示素子の信頼性が低下する場合があるので、好ましくは5nm~300nm、より好ましくは10nm~150nmである。
 尚、[I]工程の後、続く[II]工程の前に塗膜の形成された基板を室温にまで冷却する工程を設けることも可能である。
After the polymer composition is applied on a substrate having a conductive film for driving a horizontal electric field, it is 50 to 200 ° C., preferably 50 to 200 ° C. by a heating means such as a hot plate, a heat circulation oven or an IR (infrared) oven. The solvent can be evaporated at 150 ° C. to obtain a coating film. The drying temperature at this time is preferably lower than the liquid crystal phase expression temperature of the side chain polymer.
If the thickness of the coating film is too thick, it will be disadvantageous in terms of power consumption of the liquid crystal display element, and if it is too thin, the reliability of the liquid crystal display element may be lowered. Therefore, it is preferably 5 nm to 300 nm, more preferably 10 nm to 150 nm. It is.
In addition, it is also possible to provide the process of cooling the board | substrate with which the coating film was formed to room temperature after the [I] process and before the following [II] process.
<工程[II]>
 工程[II]では、工程[I]で得られた塗膜に偏光した紫外線を照射する。塗膜の膜面に偏光した紫外線を照射する場合、基板に対して一定の方向から偏光板を介して偏光された紫外線を照射する。使用する紫外線としては、波長100nm~400nmの範囲の紫外線を使用することができる。好ましくは、使用する塗膜の種類によりフィルター等を介して最適な波長を選択する。そして、例えば、選択的に光架橋反応を誘起できるように、波長290nm~400nmの範囲の紫外線を選択して使用することができる。紫外線としては、例えば、高圧水銀灯から放射される光を用いることができる。
<Process [II]>
In step [II], the coating film obtained in step [I] is irradiated with polarized ultraviolet rays. When irradiating the surface of the coating film with polarized ultraviolet rays, the substrate is irradiated with polarized ultraviolet rays through a polarizing plate from a certain direction. As the ultraviolet rays to be used, ultraviolet rays having a wavelength in the range of 100 nm to 400 nm can be used. Preferably, the optimum wavelength is selected through a filter or the like depending on the type of coating film to be used. For example, ultraviolet light having a wavelength in the range of 290 nm to 400 nm can be selected and used so that the photocrosslinking reaction can be selectively induced. As the ultraviolet light, for example, light emitted from a high-pressure mercury lamp can be used.
 偏光した紫外線の照射量は、使用する塗膜に依存する。照射量は、該塗膜における、偏光した紫外線の偏光方向と平行な方向の紫外線吸光度と垂直な方向の紫外線吸光度との差であるΔAの最大値(以下、ΔAmaxとも称する)を実現する偏光紫外線の量の1%~70%の範囲内とすることが好ましく、1%~50%の範囲内とすることがより好ましい。 The irradiation amount of polarized ultraviolet rays depends on the coating film used. The amount of irradiation is polarized ultraviolet light that realizes the maximum value of ΔA (hereinafter also referred to as ΔAmax), which is the difference between the ultraviolet light absorbance in a direction parallel to the polarization direction of polarized ultraviolet light and the ultraviolet light absorbance in a direction perpendicular to the polarization direction of the polarized ultraviolet light. The amount is preferably in the range of 1% to 70%, more preferably in the range of 1% to 50%.
<工程[III]>
 工程[III]では、工程[II]で偏光した紫外線の照射された塗膜を加熱する。加熱により、塗膜に配向制御能を付与することができる。
 加熱は、ホットプレート、熱循環型オーブンまたはIR(赤外線)型オーブンなどの加熱手段を用いることができる。加熱温度は、使用する塗膜の液晶性を発現させる温度を考慮して決めることができる。
<Step [III]>
In step [III], the ultraviolet-irradiated coating film polarized in step [II] is heated. An orientation control ability can be imparted to the coating film by heating.
For heating, a heating means such as a hot plate, a heat circulation type oven, or an IR (infrared) type oven can be used. The heating temperature can be determined in consideration of the temperature at which the liquid crystallinity of the coating film used is developed.
 加熱温度は、側鎖型高分子が液晶性を発現する温度(以下、液晶性発現温度という)の温度範囲内であることが好ましい。塗膜のような薄膜表面の場合、塗膜表面の液晶性発現温度は、液晶性を発現し得る感光性の側鎖型高分子をバルクで観察した場合の液晶性発現温度よりも低いことが予想される。このため、加熱温度は、塗膜表面の液晶性発現温度の温度範囲内であることがより好ましい。すなわち、偏光紫外線照射後の加熱温度の温度範囲は、使用する側鎖型高分子の液晶性発現温度の温度範囲の下限より10℃低い温度を下限とし、その液晶温度範囲の上限より10℃低い温度を上限とする範囲の温度であることが好ましい。加熱温度が、上記温度範囲よりも低いと、塗膜における熱による異方性の増幅効果が不十分となる傾向があり、また加熱温度が、上記温度範囲よりも高すぎると、塗膜の状態が等方性の液体状態(等方相)に近くなる傾向があり、この場合、自己組織化によって一方向に再配向することが困難になることがある。
 なお、液晶性発現温度は、側鎖型高分子または塗膜表面が固体相から液晶相に相転移がおきるガラス転移温度(Tg)以上であって、液晶相からアイソトロピック相(等方相)に相転移を起こすアイソトロピック相転移温度(Tiso)以下の温度をいう。
The heating temperature is preferably within a temperature range of a temperature at which the side chain polymer exhibits liquid crystallinity (hereinafter referred to as liquid crystallinity expression temperature). In the case of a thin film surface such as a coating film, the liquid crystallinity expression temperature of the coating film surface may be lower than the liquid crystallinity expression temperature when a photosensitive side chain polymer capable of expressing liquid crystallinity is observed in bulk. is expected. For this reason, the heating temperature is more preferably within the temperature range of the liquid crystallinity expression temperature on the coating film surface. That is, the temperature range of the heating temperature after irradiation with polarized ultraviolet rays is 10 ° C. lower than the upper limit of the liquid crystal temperature range, with the temperature being 10 ° C. lower than the lower limit of the temperature range of the liquid crystalline expression temperature of the side chain polymer used. It is preferable that the temperature is in a range where the temperature is the upper limit. If the heating temperature is lower than the above temperature range, the anisotropic amplification effect due to heat in the coating film tends to be insufficient, and if the heating temperature is too higher than the above temperature range, the state of the coating film Tends to be close to an isotropic liquid state (isotropic phase), and in this case, self-organization may make it difficult to reorient in one direction.
The liquid crystallinity temperature is equal to or higher than the glass transition temperature (Tg) at which the side chain polymer or coating film surface undergoes a phase transition from the solid phase to the liquid crystal phase, and from the liquid crystal phase to the isotropic phase (isotropic phase). Refers to a temperature below the isotropic phase transition temperature (Tiso) that causes a phase transition.
 以上の工程を有することにより、本発明の製造方法では、高効率な、塗膜への異方性の導入を実現することができる。そして、高効率に液晶配向膜付基板を製造することができる。 By having the above steps, the production method of the present invention can realize highly efficient introduction of anisotropy into the coating film. And a board | substrate with a liquid crystal aligning film can be manufactured highly efficiently.
<工程[IV]>
 [IV]工程は、[III]で得られた、横電界駆動用の導電膜上に液晶配向膜を有する基板(第1の基板)と、同様に上記[I’]~[III’]で得られた、導電膜を有しない液晶配向膜付基板(第2の基板)とを、液晶を介して、双方の液晶配向膜が相対するように対向配置して、公知の方法で液晶セルを作製し、横電界駆動型液晶表示素子を作製する工程である。なお、工程[I’]~[III’]は、工程[I]において、横電界駆動用の導電膜を有する基板の代わりに、該横電界駆動用導電膜を有しない基板を用いた以外、工程[I]~[III]と同様に行うことができる。工程[I]~[III]と工程[I’]~[III’]との相違点は、上述した導電膜の有無だけであるため、工程[I’]~[III’]の説明を省略する。
<Process [IV]>
The step [IV] is performed in the same manner as in the above [I ′] to [III ′], similarly to the substrate (first substrate) obtained in [III] and having the liquid crystal alignment film on the conductive film for lateral electric field driving. The obtained liquid crystal alignment film-attached substrate (second substrate) having no conductive film is placed oppositely so that both liquid crystal alignment films face each other through liquid crystal, and a liquid crystal cell is formed by a known method. This is a step of manufacturing a lateral electric field drive type liquid crystal display element. In the steps [I ′] to [III ′], a substrate having no lateral electric field driving conductive film was used in place of the substrate having the lateral electric field driving conductive film in the step [I]. It can be carried out in the same manner as in steps [I] to [III]. Since the difference between the steps [I] to [III] and the steps [I ′] to [III ′] is only the presence or absence of the conductive film, the description of the steps [I ′] to [III ′] is omitted. To do.
 液晶セル又は液晶表示素子の作製の一例を挙げるならば、上述の第1及び第2の基板を用意し、片方の基板の液晶配向膜上にスペーサを散布し、液晶配向膜面が内側になるようにして、もう片方の基板を貼り合わせ、液晶を減圧注入して封止する方法、または、スペーサを散布した液晶配向膜面に液晶を滴下した後に、基板を貼り合わせて封止を行う方法、等を例示することができる。このとき、片側の基板には横電界駆動用の櫛歯のような構造の電極を有する基板を用いることが好ましい。このときのスペーサの径は、好ましくは1μm~30μm、より好ましくは2μm~10μmである。このスペーサ径が、液晶層を挟持する一対の基板間距離、すなわち、液晶層の厚みを決めることになる。 To give an example of the production of a liquid crystal cell or a liquid crystal display element, the first and second substrates described above are prepared, spacers are dispersed on the liquid crystal alignment film of one substrate, and the liquid crystal alignment film surface is on the inside. In this way, the other substrate is bonded and the liquid crystal is injected under reduced pressure, or the liquid crystal is dropped on the liquid crystal alignment film surface on which the spacers are dispersed, and then the substrate is bonded and sealed. , Etc. can be illustrated. At this time, it is preferable to use a substrate having an electrode having a structure like a comb for driving a horizontal electric field as the substrate on one side. The diameter of the spacer at this time is preferably 1 μm to 30 μm, more preferably 2 μm to 10 μm. This spacer diameter determines the distance between the pair of substrates that sandwich the liquid crystal layer, that is, the thickness of the liquid crystal layer.
 本発明の塗膜付基板の製造方法は、重合体組成物を基板上に塗布し塗膜を形成した後、偏光した紫外線を照射する。次いで、加熱を行うことにより側鎖型高分子膜への高効率な異方性の導入を実現し、液晶の配向制御能を備えた液晶配向膜付基板を製造する。
 本発明に用いる塗膜では、側鎖の光反応と液晶性に基づく自己組織化によって誘起される分子再配向の原理を利用して、塗膜への高効率な異方性の導入を実現する。本発明の製造方法では、側鎖型高分子に光反応性基として光架橋性基を有する構造の場合、側鎖型高分子を用いて基板上に塗膜を形成した後、偏光した紫外線を照射し、次いで、加熱を行った後、液晶表示素子を作成する。
The manufacturing method of the board | substrate with a coating film of this invention irradiates the polarized ultraviolet-ray, after apply | coating a polymer composition on a board | substrate and forming a coating film. Next, by heating, high-efficiency anisotropy is introduced into the side chain polymer film, and a substrate with a liquid crystal alignment film having a liquid crystal alignment control ability is manufactured.
The coating film used in the present invention realizes the introduction of highly efficient anisotropy into the coating film by utilizing the principle of molecular reorientation induced by the side chain photoreaction and liquid crystallinity. . In the production method of the present invention, in the case of a structure having a photocrosslinkable group as a photoreactive group in the side chain polymer, after forming a coating film on the substrate using the side chain polymer, polarized ultraviolet rays are formed. After irradiation and then heating, a liquid crystal display element is formed.
 以下、光反応性基として光架橋性基を有する構造の側鎖型高分子を用いた実施の形態を第1の形態、光反応性基として光フリース転位基又は異性化を起こす基を有する構造の側鎖型高分子を用いた実施の形態を第2の形態と称して説明する。 Hereinafter, an embodiment using a side chain type polymer having a structure having a photocrosslinkable group as a photoreactive group is the first embodiment, a structure having a photofleece rearrangement group or a group causing isomerization as a photoreactive group An embodiment using the side chain type polymer will be referred to as a second embodiment.
 図1は、本発明における第1の形態において、光反応性基として光架橋性基を有する構造の側鎖型高分子を用いた液晶配向膜の製造方法における異方性の導入処理を模式的に説明する一つの例の図である。図1(a)は、偏光照射前の側鎖型高分子膜の状態を模式的に示す図であり、図1(b)は、偏光照射後の側鎖型高分子膜の状態を模式的に示す図であり、図1(c)は、加熱後の側鎖型高分子膜の状態を模式的に示す図であり、特に導入された異方性が小さい場合、すなわち、本発明の第1の形態において、[II]工程の紫外線照射量が、ΔAを最大にする紫外線照射量の1%~15%の範囲内である場合の模式図である。 FIG. 1 schematically shows an anisotropic introduction process in a method for producing a liquid crystal alignment film using a side chain polymer having a structure having a photocrosslinkable group as a photoreactive group in the first embodiment of the present invention. It is a figure of one example demonstrated to. FIG. 1 (a) is a diagram schematically showing the state of the side chain polymer film before irradiation with polarized light, and FIG. 1 (b) is a schematic diagram showing the state of the side chain polymer film after irradiation with polarized light. FIG. 1 (c) is a diagram schematically showing the state of the side-chain polymer film after heating, and particularly when the introduced anisotropy is small, that is, the first aspect of the present invention. 1 is a schematic diagram when the ultraviolet ray irradiation amount in the step [II] is within a range of 1% to 15% of the ultraviolet ray irradiation amount that maximizes ΔA.
 図2は、本発明における第1の形態において、光反応性基として光架橋性基を有する構造の側鎖型高分子を用いた液晶配向膜の製造方法における異方性の導入処理を模式的に説明する一つの例の図である。図2(a)は、偏光照射前の側鎖型高分子膜の状態を模式的に示す図であり、図2(b)は、偏光照射後の側鎖型高分子膜の状態を模式的に示す図であり、図2(c)は、加熱後の側鎖型高分子膜の状態を模式的に示す図であり、特に導入された異方性が大きい場合、すなわち、本発明の第1の形態において、[II]工程の紫外線照射量が、ΔAを最大にする紫外線照射量の15%~70%の範囲内である場合の模式図である。 FIG. 2 is a schematic illustration of anisotropy introduction treatment in a method for producing a liquid crystal alignment film using a side chain polymer having a structure having a photocrosslinkable group as a photoreactive group in the first embodiment of the present invention. It is a figure of one example demonstrated to. FIG. 2A is a diagram schematically showing the state of the side chain polymer film before irradiation with polarized light, and FIG. 2B is a schematic diagram showing the state of the side chain polymer film after irradiation with polarized light. FIG. 2 (c) is a diagram schematically showing the state of the side-chain polymer film after heating, and particularly when the introduced anisotropy is large, that is, the first aspect of the present invention. 1 is a schematic diagram when the ultraviolet ray irradiation amount in the step [II] is within a range of 15% to 70% of the ultraviolet ray irradiation amount that maximizes ΔA.
 図3は、本発明における第2の形態において、光反応性基として光異性化性基か、上述の式(18)で表される、光フリース転位基を有する構造の側鎖型高分子を用いた液晶配向膜の製造方法における異方性の導入処理を模式的に説明する一つの例の図である。図3(a)は、偏光照射前の側鎖型高分子膜の状態を模式的に示す図であり、図3(b)は、偏光照射後の側鎖型高分子膜の状態を模式的に示す図であり、図3(c)は、加熱後の側鎖型高分子膜の状態を模式的に示す図であり、特に導入された異方性が小さい場合、すなわち、本発明の第2の態様において、[II]工程の紫外線照射量が、ΔAを最大にする紫外線照射量の1%~70%の範囲内である場合の模式図である。 FIG. 3 shows a side chain polymer having a structure having a photo-isomerizable group as a photoreactive group or a photo-Fleece rearrangement group represented by the above formula (18) in the second embodiment of the present invention. It is a figure of one example which illustrates typically the introduction process of anisotropy in the manufacturing method of the used liquid crystal aligning film. FIG. 3A is a diagram schematically showing the state of the side chain polymer film before polarized light irradiation, and FIG. 3B is a schematic diagram of the state of the side chain polymer film after polarized light irradiation. FIG. 3 (c) is a diagram schematically showing the state of the side-chain polymer film after heating, and particularly when the introduced anisotropy is small, that is, the first aspect of the present invention. 2 is a schematic diagram when the ultraviolet irradiation amount in the step [II] is within a range of 1% to 70% of the ultraviolet irradiation amount that maximizes ΔA.
 図4は、本発明における第2の形態において、光反応性基として上述の式(19)で表される、光フリース転位基を有する構造の側鎖型高分子を用いた液晶配向膜の製造方法における異方性の導入処理を模式的に説明する一つの例の図である。図4(a)は、偏光照射前の側鎖型高分子膜の状態を模式的に示す図であり、図4(b)は、偏光照射後の側鎖型高分子膜の状態を模式的に示す図であり、図4(c)は、加熱後の側鎖型高分子膜の状態を模式的に示す図であり、特に導入された異方性が大きい場合、すなわち、本発明の第2の態様において、[II]工程の紫外線照射量が、ΔAを最大にする紫外線照射量の1%~70%の範囲内である場合の模式図である。 FIG. 4 shows the production of a liquid crystal alignment film using a side chain polymer having a structure having a photo-Fleece rearrangement group represented by the above formula (19) as a photoreactive group in the second embodiment of the present invention. It is a figure of one example which illustrates typically the introduction processing of anisotropy in a method. FIG. 4A is a diagram schematically showing the state of the side chain polymer film before irradiation with polarized light, and FIG. 4B is a schematic diagram of the state of the side chain polymer film after irradiation with polarized light. FIG. 4 (c) is a diagram schematically showing the state of the side-chain polymer film after heating. In particular, when the introduced anisotropy is large, that is, 2 is a schematic diagram when the ultraviolet irradiation amount in the step [II] is within a range of 1% to 70% of the ultraviolet irradiation amount that maximizes ΔA.
 本発明における第1の形態において、塗膜への異方性の導入処理で、[II]工程の紫外線照射量が、ΔAを最大にする紫外線照射量の1%~15%の範囲内である場合は、先ず、基板上に塗膜1を形成する。図1(a)に示すように、基板上に形成された塗膜1では、側鎖2がランダムに配列する構造を有する。塗膜1の側鎖2のランダム配列に従い、側鎖2のメソゲン成分および感光性基もランダムに配向しており、その塗膜1は等方性である。 In the first embodiment of the present invention, in the process of introducing anisotropy into the coating film, the ultraviolet irradiation amount in the step [II] is in the range of 1% to 15% of the ultraviolet irradiation amount that maximizes ΔA. In the case, first, the coating film 1 is formed on the substrate. As shown to Fig.1 (a), in the coating film 1 formed on the board | substrate, it has a structure where the side chain 2 arranges at random. According to the random arrangement of the side chain 2 of the coating film 1, the mesogenic component and the photosensitive group of the side chain 2 are also randomly oriented, and the coating film 1 is isotropic.
 本発明における第1の形態において、塗膜への異方性の導入処理で、[II]工程の紫外線照射量が、ΔAを最大にする紫外線照射量の15%~70%の範囲内である場合は、先ず、基板上に塗膜3を形成する。図2(a)に示すように、基板上に形成された塗膜3では、側鎖4がランダムに配列する構造を有する。塗膜3の側鎖4のランダム配列に従い、側鎖4のメソゲン成分および感光性基もランダムに配向しており、その塗膜2は等方性である。 In the first embodiment of the present invention, in the treatment for introducing anisotropy into the coating film, the ultraviolet irradiation amount in the step [II] is in the range of 15% to 70% of the ultraviolet irradiation amount that maximizes ΔA. In the case, first, the coating film 3 is formed on the substrate. As shown in FIG. 2A, the coating film 3 formed on the substrate has a structure in which the side chains 4 are randomly arranged. According to the random arrangement of the side chains 4 of the coating film 3, the mesogenic components and the photosensitive groups of the side chains 4 are also randomly oriented, and the coating film 2 is isotropic.
 本発明における第2の形態において、塗膜への異方性の導入処理で、光異性化性基か、上述の式(18)で表される、光フリース転位基を有する構造の側鎖型高分子を用いた液晶配向膜を用いた場合において、[II]工程の紫外線照射量が、ΔAを最大にする紫外線照射量の1%~70%の範囲内である場合は、先ず、基板上に塗膜5を形成する。図3(a)に示すように、基板上に形成された塗膜5では、側鎖6がランダムに配列する構造を有する。塗膜5の側鎖6のランダム配列に従い、側鎖6のメソゲン成分および感光性基もランダムに配向しており、その側鎖型高分子膜5は等方性である。 In the second embodiment of the present invention, a side chain type having a structure having a photo-isomerizable group or a photo-Fleece rearrangement group represented by the above formula (18) in the treatment for introducing anisotropy into the coating film. In the case of using a liquid crystal alignment film using a polymer, when the ultraviolet irradiation amount in the step [II] is in the range of 1% to 70% of the ultraviolet irradiation amount that maximizes ΔA, first, The coating film 5 is formed. As shown in FIG. 3A, the coating film 5 formed on the substrate has a structure in which the side chains 6 are randomly arranged. According to the random arrangement of the side chain 6 of the coating film 5, the mesogenic component and the photosensitive group of the side chain 6 are also randomly oriented, and the side chain type polymer film 5 is isotropic.
 本発明における第2の形態において、塗膜への異方性の導入処理で、上述の式(19)で表される、光フリース転位基を有する構造の側鎖型高分子を用いた液晶配向膜を用いた場合において、[II]工程の紫外線照射量が、ΔAを最大にする紫外線照射量の1%~70%の範囲内である場合は、先ず、基板上に塗膜7を形成する。図4(a)に示すように、基板上に形成された塗膜7では、側鎖8がランダムに配列する構造を有する。塗膜7の側鎖8のランダム配列に従い、側鎖8のメソゲン成分および感光性基もランダムに配向しており、その塗膜7は等方性である。 In the second embodiment of the present invention, liquid crystal alignment using a side chain type polymer having a structure having a light Fleece rearrangement group represented by the above formula (19) in the treatment for introducing anisotropy into the coating film In the case of using a film, when the ultraviolet irradiation amount in the step [II] is within the range of 1% to 70% of the ultraviolet irradiation amount that maximizes ΔA, first, the coating film 7 is formed on the substrate. . As shown in FIG. 4A, the coating film 7 formed on the substrate has a structure in which the side chains 8 are arranged at random. According to the random arrangement of the side chains 8 of the coating film 7, the mesogenic components and the photosensitive groups of the side chains 8 are also randomly oriented, and the coating film 7 is isotropic.
 本実施の第1の形態で、[II]工程の紫外線照射量が、ΔAを最大にする紫外線照射量の1%~15%の範囲内である場合において、この等方性の塗膜1に対し、偏光した紫外線を照射する。すると、図1(b)に示すように、紫外線の偏光方向と平行な方向に配列する側鎖2のうちの感光性基を有する側鎖2aの感光性基が優先的に二量化反応などの光反応を起こす。その結果、光反応をした側鎖2aの密度が照射紫外線の偏光方向で僅かに高くなり、結果として塗膜1に非常に小さな異方性が付与される。 In the first embodiment, when the ultraviolet irradiation amount in the step [II] is within the range of 1% to 15% of the ultraviolet irradiation amount that maximizes ΔA, On the other hand, polarized ultraviolet rays are irradiated. Then, as shown in FIG. 1B, the photosensitive group of the side chain 2a having the photosensitive group among the side chains 2 arranged in a direction parallel to the polarization direction of the ultraviolet rays is preferentially subjected to dimerization reaction or the like. Causes a photoreaction. As a result, the density of the side chain 2a that has undergone photoreaction becomes slightly higher in the polarization direction of the irradiated ultraviolet light, and as a result, very small anisotropy is imparted to the coating film 1.
 本実施の第1の形態で、[II]工程の紫外線照射量が、ΔAを最大にする紫外線照射量の15%~70%の範囲内である場合において、この等方性の塗膜3に対し、偏光した紫外線を照射する。すると、図2(b)に示すように、紫外線の偏光方向と平行な方向に配列する側鎖4のうちの感光性基を有する側鎖4aの感光性基が優先的に二量化反応などの光反応を起こす。その結果、光反応をした側鎖4aの密度が照射紫外線の偏光方向で高くなり、結果として塗膜3に小さな異方性が付与される。 In the first embodiment, when the ultraviolet irradiation amount in the step [II] is within the range of 15% to 70% of the ultraviolet irradiation amount that maximizes ΔA, On the other hand, polarized ultraviolet rays are irradiated. Then, as shown in FIG. 2B, the photosensitive group of the side chain 4a having the photosensitive group among the side chains 4 arranged in a direction parallel to the polarization direction of the ultraviolet rays is preferentially subjected to dimerization reaction or the like. Causes a photoreaction. As a result, the density of the side chain 4a that has undergone photoreaction increases in the polarization direction of the irradiated ultraviolet light, and as a result, a small anisotropy is imparted to the coating film 3.
 本実施の第2の形態で、光異性化性基か、上述の式(18)で表される、光フリース転位基を有する構造の側鎖型高分子を用いた液晶配向膜を用いて、[II]工程の紫外線照射量が、ΔAを最大にする紫外線照射量の1%~70%の範囲内である場合において、この等方性の塗膜5に対し、偏光した紫外線を照射する。すると、図3(b)に示すように、紫外線の偏光方向と平行な方向に配列する側鎖6のうちの感光性基を有する側鎖6aの感光性基が優先的に光フリース転位などの光反応を起こす。その結果、光反応をした側鎖6aの密度が照射紫外線の偏光方向で僅かに高くなり、結果として塗膜5に非常に小さな異方性が付与される。 In the second embodiment of the present invention, using a liquid crystal alignment film using a photoisomerizable group or a side chain polymer having a structure having a photo-Fleece rearrangement group represented by the above formula (18), [II] When the ultraviolet ray irradiation amount in the step is in the range of 1% to 70% of the ultraviolet ray irradiation amount that maximizes ΔA, the isotropic coating film 5 is irradiated with polarized ultraviolet rays. Then, as shown in FIG. 3 (b), the photosensitive group of the side chain 6a having the photosensitive group among the side chains 6 arranged in a direction parallel to the polarization direction of the ultraviolet rays is preferentially subjected to light fleece rearrangement or the like. Causes a photoreaction. As a result, the density of the side chain 6a subjected to photoreaction becomes slightly higher in the polarization direction of the irradiated ultraviolet rays, and as a result, very small anisotropy is imparted to the coating film 5.
 本実施の第2の形態で、上述の式(19)で表される、光フリース転位基を有する構造の側鎖型高分子を用いた塗膜を用いて、[II]工程の紫外線照射量が、ΔAを最大にする紫外線照射量の1%~70%の範囲内である場合において、この等方性の塗膜7に対し、偏光した紫外線を照射する。すると、図4(b)に示すように、紫外線の偏光方向と平行な方向に配列する側鎖8のうちの感光性基を有する側鎖8aの感光性基が優先的に光フリース転位などの光反応を起こす。その結果、光反応をした側鎖8aの密度が照射紫外線の偏光方向で高くなり、結果として塗膜7に小さな異方性が付与される。 In the second embodiment of the present invention, the amount of ultraviolet irradiation in the step [II] is obtained using a coating film using a side chain polymer having a structure having a photo-Fleece rearrangement group represented by the above formula (19). Is within the range of 1% to 70% of the amount of UV irradiation that maximizes ΔA, the isotropic coating film 7 is irradiated with polarized UV light. Then, as shown in FIG. 4 (b), the photosensitive group of the side chain 8a having the photosensitive group among the side chains 8 arranged in a direction parallel to the polarization direction of the ultraviolet rays is preferentially subjected to light fleece rearrangement or the like. Causes a photoreaction. As a result, the density of the side chain 8a that has undergone photoreaction increases in the polarization direction of the irradiated ultraviolet light, and as a result, small anisotropy is imparted to the coating film 7.
 次いで、本実施の第1の形態で、[II]工程の紫外線照射量が、ΔAを最大にする紫外線照射量の1%~15%の範囲内である場合において、偏光照射後の塗膜1を加熱し、液晶状態にする。すると図1(c)に示すように、塗膜1では、照射紫外線の偏光方向と平行な方向と垂直な方向との間で、生じた架橋反応の量が異なっている。この場合、照射紫外線の偏光方向と平行方向に生じた架橋反応の量が非常に小さいため、この架橋反応部位は可塑剤としての働きをする。そのため、照射紫外線の偏光方向と垂直方向の液晶性が平行方向の液晶性より高くなり、照射紫外線の偏光方向と平行な方向に自己組織化してメソゲン成分を含む側鎖2が再配向する。その結果、光架橋反応で誘起された塗膜1の非常に小さな異方性は、熱によって増幅され、塗膜1においてより大きな異方性が付与されることになる。 Next, in the first embodiment, when the ultraviolet irradiation amount in the step [II] is within the range of 1% to 15% of the ultraviolet irradiation amount that maximizes ΔA, the coating film 1 after the polarized light irradiation 1 Is heated to a liquid crystal state. Then, as shown in FIG.1 (c), in the coating film 1, the amount of the generated crosslinking reaction differs between the direction parallel to the polarization direction of the irradiated ultraviolet rays and the direction perpendicular thereto. In this case, since the amount of the crosslinking reaction generated in the direction parallel to the polarization direction of the irradiated ultraviolet ray is very small, this crosslinking reaction site functions as a plasticizer. Therefore, the liquid crystallinity in the direction perpendicular to the polarization direction of the irradiated ultraviolet light is higher than the liquid crystallinity in the parallel direction, and the side chain 2 containing the mesogenic component is reoriented by self-organizing in the direction parallel to the polarization direction of the irradiated ultraviolet light. As a result, the very small anisotropy of the coating film 1 induced by the photocrosslinking reaction is amplified by heat, and a larger anisotropy is imparted to the coating film 1.
 同様に、本実施の第1の形態で、[II]工程の紫外線照射量が、ΔAを最大にする紫外線照射量の15%~70%の範囲内である場合において、偏光照射後の塗膜3を加熱し、液晶状態にする。すると図2(c)に示すように、側鎖型高分子膜3では、照射紫外線の偏光方向と平行な方向と垂直な方向との間で、生じた架橋反応の量が異なっている。そのため、照射紫外線の偏光方向と平行な方向に自己組織化してメソゲン成分を含む側鎖4が再配向する。その結果、光架橋反応で誘起された塗膜3の小さな異方性は、熱によって増幅され、塗膜3においてより大きな異方性が付与されることになる。 Similarly, in the first embodiment, when the ultraviolet irradiation amount in the step [II] is in the range of 15% to 70% of the ultraviolet irradiation amount that maximizes ΔA, the coating film after polarized light irradiation 3 is heated to a liquid crystal state. Then, as shown in FIG. 2C, in the side chain type polymer film 3, the amount of the generated crosslinking reaction differs between the direction parallel to the polarization direction of the irradiated ultraviolet rays and the direction perpendicular thereto. Therefore, the side chain 4 containing the mesogenic component is reoriented by self-organizing in a direction parallel to the polarization direction of the irradiated ultraviolet light. As a result, the small anisotropy of the coating film 3 induced by the photocrosslinking reaction is amplified by heat, and a larger anisotropy is imparted to the coating film 3.
 同様に、本実施の第2の形態で、光異性化性基か、上述の式(18)で表される、光フリース転位基を有する構造の側鎖型高分子を用いた塗膜を用いて、[II]工程の紫外線照射量が、ΔAを最大にする紫外線照射量の1%~70%の範囲内である場合において、偏光照射後の塗膜5を加熱し、液晶状態にする。すると図3(c)に示すように、塗膜5では、照射紫外線の偏光方向と平行な方向と垂直な方向との間で、生じた光フリース転位反応の量が異なっている。この場合、照射紫外線の偏光方向と垂直方向に生じた光フリース転位体の液晶配向力が反応前の側鎖の液晶配向力より強いため、照射紫外線の偏光方向と垂直な方向に自己組織化してメソゲン成分を含む側鎖6が再配向する。その結果、光フリース転位反応で誘起された塗膜5の非常に小さな異方性は、熱によって増幅され、塗膜5においてより大きな異方性が付与されることになる。 Similarly, in the second embodiment, a coating film using a side-chain polymer having a structure having a photo-isomerizable group or a photo-Fleece rearrangement group represented by the above formula (18) is used. Thus, when the ultraviolet irradiation amount in the step [II] is within the range of 1% to 70% of the ultraviolet irradiation amount that maximizes ΔA, the coating film 5 after polarized irradiation is heated to be in a liquid crystal state. Then, as shown in FIG.3 (c), in the coating film 5, the quantity of the produced | generated light fleece rearrangement reaction differs between the direction parallel to the polarization direction of irradiation ultraviolet rays, and a perpendicular | vertical direction. In this case, since the liquid crystal alignment force of the light fleece rearrangement generated in the direction perpendicular to the polarization direction of the irradiated ultraviolet light is stronger than the liquid crystal alignment force of the side chain before the reaction, it is self-organized in the direction perpendicular to the polarization direction of the irradiated ultraviolet light. The side chain 6 containing the mesogenic component is reoriented. As a result, the very small anisotropy of the coating film 5 induced by the photofleece rearrangement reaction is amplified by heat, and a larger anisotropy is imparted to the coating film 5.
 同様に、本実施の第2の形態で、上述の式(19)で表される、光フリース転位基を有する構造の側鎖型高分子を用いた塗膜を用いて、[II]工程の紫外線照射量が、ΔAを最大にする紫外線照射量の1%~70%の範囲内である場合において、偏光照射後の塗膜7を加熱し、液晶状態にする。すると図4(c)に示すように、側鎖型高分子膜7では、照射紫外線の偏光方向と平行な方向と垂直な方向との間で、生じた光フリース転位反応の量が異なっている。光フリース転位体8(a)のアンカリング力は転位前の側鎖8より強いため、ある一定量以上の光フリース転位体が生じると、照射紫外線の偏光方向と平行な方向に自己組織化してメソゲン成分を含む側鎖8が再配向する。その結果、光フリース転位反応で誘起された塗膜7の小さな異方性は、熱によって増幅され、塗膜7においてより大きな異方性が付与されることになる。 Similarly, in the second embodiment, a coating film using a side chain type polymer having a structure having a photofleece rearrangement group represented by the above formula (19) is used. When the ultraviolet irradiation amount is in the range of 1% to 70% of the ultraviolet irradiation amount that maximizes ΔA, the coated film 7 after polarized irradiation is heated to a liquid crystal state. Then, as shown in FIG. 4 (c), in the side chain polymer film 7, the amount of the generated light fleece rearrangement reaction differs between the direction parallel to the polarization direction of the irradiated ultraviolet light and the direction perpendicular thereto. . Since the anchoring force of the optical fleece rearrangement 8 (a) is stronger than that of the side chain 8 before the rearrangement, when a certain amount or more of the optical fleece rearrangement occurs, it is self-assembled in a direction parallel to the polarization direction of the irradiated ultraviolet light. The side chain 8 containing the mesogenic component is reoriented. As a result, the small anisotropy of the coating film 7 induced by the photofleece rearrangement reaction is amplified by heat, and a larger anisotropy is imparted to the coating film 7.
 したがって、本発明の方法に用いる塗膜は、塗膜への偏光した紫外線の照射と加熱処理を順次行うことにより、高効率に異方性が導入され、配向制御能に優れた液晶配向膜とすることができる。 Therefore, the coating film used in the method of the present invention is a liquid crystal alignment film having anisotropy introduced with high efficiency and excellent alignment control ability by sequentially performing irradiation of polarized ultraviolet rays on the coating film and heat treatment. can do.
 そして、本発明の方法に用いる塗膜では、塗膜への偏光した紫外線の照射量と、加熱処理における加熱温度を最適化する。それにより高効率な、塗膜への異方性の導入を実現することができる。 And in the coating film used for the method of the present invention, the irradiation amount of polarized ultraviolet rays to the coating film and the heating temperature in the heat treatment are optimized. Thereby, introduction of anisotropy into the coating film with high efficiency can be realized.
 本発明に用いられる塗膜への高効率な異方性の導入に最適な偏光紫外線の照射量は、その塗膜において感光性基が光架橋反応や光異性化反応、若しくは光フリース転位反応する量を最適にする偏光紫外線の照射量に対応する。本発明に用いられる塗膜に対して偏光した紫外線を照射した結果、光架橋反応や光異性化反応、若しくは光フリース転位反応する側鎖の感光性基が少ないと、十分な光反応量とならない。その場合、その後に加熱しても十分な自己組織化は進行しない。一方、本発明に用いられる塗膜で、光架橋性基を有する構造に対して偏光した紫外線を照射した結果、架橋反応する側鎖の感光性基が過剰となると側鎖間での架橋反応が進行しすぎることになる。その場合、得られる膜は剛直になって、その後の加熱による自己組織化の進行の妨げとなることがある。また、本発明に用いられる塗膜で、光フリース転位基を有する構造に対して偏光した紫外線を照射した結果、光フリース転位反応する側鎖の感光性基が過剰となると、塗膜の液晶性が低下しすぎることになる。その場合、得られる膜の液晶性も低下し、その後の加熱による自己組織化の進行の妨げとなることがある。さらに、光フリース転位基を有する構造に対して偏光した紫外線を照射する場合、紫外線の照射量が多すぎると、側鎖型高分子が光分解し、その後の加熱による自己組織化の進行の妨げとなることがある。 The optimum irradiation amount of polarized ultraviolet rays for introducing highly efficient anisotropy into the coating film used in the present invention is such that the photosensitive group undergoes photocrosslinking reaction, photoisomerization reaction, or photofries rearrangement reaction in the coating film. Corresponds to the irradiation amount of polarized ultraviolet rays to optimize the amount. As a result of irradiating the coating film used in the present invention with polarized ultraviolet rays, if the photo-crosslinking reaction, photoisomerization reaction, or photo-fleece rearrangement reaction has few photosensitive groups in the side chain, the amount of photoreaction will not be sufficient. . In that case, sufficient self-organization does not proceed even after heating. On the other hand, as a result of irradiating polarized ultraviolet rays to the structure having a photocrosslinkable group in the coating film used in the present invention, the crosslinking reaction between the side chains is caused when the photosensitive group of the side chain undergoing the crosslinking reaction becomes excessive. Too much progress. In that case, the resulting film may become rigid and hinder the progress of self-assembly by subsequent heating. In addition, when the coating film used in the present invention is irradiated with polarized ultraviolet rays to the structure having the light Fleece rearrangement group, if the photosensitive group of the side chain that undergoes the light Fleece rearrangement reaction becomes excessive, the liquid crystallinity of the coating film Will drop too much. In that case, the liquid crystallinity of the obtained film is also lowered, which may hinder the progress of self-assembly by subsequent heating. Furthermore, when irradiating polarized ultraviolet light to a structure having a photo-fleece rearrangement group, if the amount of ultraviolet light irradiation is too large, the side-chain polymer is photodegraded, preventing the subsequent self-organization by heating. It may become.
 したがって、本発明に用いられる塗膜において、偏光紫外線の照射によって側鎖の感光性基が光架橋反応や光異性化反応、若しくは光フリース転位反応する最適な量は、その側鎖型高分子膜の有する感光性基の0.1モル%~40モル%にすることが好ましく、0.1モル%~20モル%にすることがより好ましい。光反応する側鎖の感光性基の量をこのような範囲にすることにより、その後の加熱処理での自己組織化が効率良く進み、膜中での高効率な異方性の形成が可能となる。 Therefore, in the coating film used in the present invention, the optimum amount of the photopolymerization reaction, photoisomerization reaction, or photofleece rearrangement reaction of the side chain photosensitive group by irradiation with polarized ultraviolet rays is the side chain polymer film. It is preferably 0.1 to 40 mol%, more preferably 0.1 to 20 mol% of the photosensitive group possessed by. By making the amount of the photo-reactive side chain photosensitive group within such a range, the self-organization in the subsequent heat treatment proceeds efficiently, and the formation of highly efficient anisotropy in the film is possible. Become.
 本発明の方法に用いる塗膜では、偏光した紫外線の照射量の最適化により、側鎖型高分子膜の側鎖における、感光性基の光架橋反応や光異性化反応、または光フリース転位反応の量を最適化する。そして、その後の加熱処理と併せて、高効率な、本発明に用いられる塗膜への異方性の導入を実現する。その場合、好適な偏光紫外線の量については、本発明に用いられる塗膜の紫外吸収の評価に基づいて行うことが可能である。 In the coating film used in the method of the present invention, by optimizing the irradiation amount of polarized ultraviolet rays, photocrosslinking reaction or photoisomerization reaction of photosensitive groups or photofleece rearrangement reaction in the side chain of the side chain polymer film Optimize the amount of. Then, in combination with the subsequent heat treatment, highly efficient introduction of anisotropy into the coating film used in the present invention is realized. In that case, a suitable amount of polarized ultraviolet rays can be determined based on the evaluation of ultraviolet absorption of the coating film used in the present invention.
 すなわち、本発明に用いられる塗膜について、偏光紫外線照射後の、偏光した紫外線の偏光方向と平行な方向の紫外線吸収と、垂直な方向の紫外線吸収とをそれぞれ測定する。紫外吸収の測定結果から、その塗膜における、偏光した紫外線の偏光方向と平行な方向の紫外線吸光度と垂直な方向の紫外線吸光度との差であるΔAを評価する。そして、本発明に用いられる塗膜において実現されるΔAの最大値(ΔAmax)とそれを実現する偏光紫外線の照射量を求める。本発明の製造方法では、このΔAmaxを実現する偏光紫外線照射量を基準として、液晶配向膜の製造において照射する、好ましい量の偏光した紫外線量を決めることができる。 That is, with respect to the coating film used in the present invention, the ultraviolet absorption in the direction parallel to the polarization direction of the polarized ultraviolet ray and the ultraviolet absorption in the vertical direction after the irradiation with the polarized ultraviolet ray are measured. From the measurement result of ultraviolet absorption, ΔA, which is the difference between the ultraviolet absorbance in the direction parallel to the polarization direction of polarized ultraviolet rays and the ultraviolet absorbance in the direction perpendicular to the polarization direction of the polarized ultraviolet rays, is evaluated. Then, the maximum value of ΔA (ΔAmax) realized in the coating film used in the present invention and the irradiation amount of polarized ultraviolet light that realizes it are obtained. In the production method of the present invention, a preferable amount of polarized ultraviolet rays to be irradiated in the production of the liquid crystal alignment film can be determined on the basis of the amount of polarized ultraviolet rays to realize this ΔAmax.
 本発明の製造方法では、本発明に用いられる塗膜への偏光した紫外線の照射量を、ΔAmaxを実現する偏光紫外線の量の1%~70%の範囲内とすることが好ましく、1%~50%の範囲内とすることがより好ましい。本発明に用いられる塗膜において、ΔAmaxを実現する偏光紫外線の量の1%~50%の範囲内の偏光紫外線の照射量は、その側鎖型高分子膜の有する感光性基全体の0.1モル%~20モル%を光架橋反応させる偏光紫外線の量に相当する。 In the production method of the present invention, the amount of irradiation of polarized ultraviolet rays onto the coating film used in the present invention is preferably in the range of 1% to 70% of the amount of polarized ultraviolet rays that realizes ΔAmax. More preferably, it is within the range of 50%. In the coating film used in the present invention, the irradiation amount of polarized ultraviolet light within the range of 1% to 50% of the amount of polarized ultraviolet light that realizes ΔAmax is 0. 0% of the entire photosensitive group of the side chain polymer film. 1 mol% to 20 mol% corresponds to the amount of polarized ultraviolet light that undergoes a photocrosslinking reaction.
 以上より、本発明の製造方法では、塗膜への高効率な異方性の導入を実現するため、その側鎖型高分子の液晶温度範囲を基準として、上述したような好適な加熱温度を定めるのがよい。したがって、例えば、本発明に用いられる側鎖型高分子の液晶温度範囲が100℃~200℃である場合、偏光紫外線照射後の加熱の温度を90℃~190℃とすることが望ましい。こうすることにより、本発明に用いられる塗膜において、より大きな異方性が付与されることになる。 From the above, in the production method of the present invention, in order to achieve highly efficient anisotropy introduction into the coating film, a suitable heating temperature as described above is set based on the liquid crystal temperature range of the side chain polymer. It is good to decide. Therefore, for example, when the liquid crystal temperature range of the side chain polymer used in the present invention is 100 ° C. to 200 ° C., the heating temperature after irradiation with polarized ultraviolet light is desirably 90 ° C. to 190 ° C. By doing so, greater anisotropy is imparted to the coating film used in the present invention.
 こうすることにより、本発明によって提供される液晶表示素子は光や熱などの外部ストレスに対して高い信頼性を示すことになる。 By doing so, the liquid crystal display element provided by the present invention exhibits high reliability against external stresses such as light and heat.
 以上のようにして、本発明の組成物及びそれを用いる方法によって製造された横電界駆動型液晶表示素子用基板又は該基板を有する横電界駆動型液晶表示素子は、信頼性に優れたものとなり、大画面で高精細の液晶テレビなどに好適に利用できる。 As described above, the lateral electric field drive type liquid crystal display element substrate produced by the composition of the present invention and the method using the composition or the lateral electric field drive type liquid crystal display element having the substrate has excellent reliability. It can be suitably used for a large-screen high-definition liquid crystal television.
 以下、実施例を用いて本発明を説明するが、本発明は、該実施例に限定されるものではない。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described using examples, but the present invention is not limited to the examples.
 本発明の特定グリシジル化合物の合成で採用した分析装置および分析条件は、下記の通りである。
H-NMRの測定)
 装置:Varian NMR System 400NB(400MHz)(Varian製)
 測定溶媒:CDCl(重水素化クロロホルム),DMSO-d(重水素化ジメチルスルホキシド)
 基準物質:TMS(テトラメチルシラン)(δ:0.0ppm,H),CDCl(δ:77.0ppm,13C)
The analyzer and analysis conditions employed in the synthesis of the specific glycidyl compound of the present invention are as follows.
(Measurement of 1 H-NMR)
Apparatus: Varian NMR System 400NB (400 MHz) (manufactured by Varian)
Measuring solvent: CDCl 3 (deuterated chloroform), DMSO-d 6 (deuterated dimethyl sulfoxide)
Reference substance: TMS (tetramethylsilane) (δ: 0.0 ppm, 1 H), CDCl 3 (δ: 77.0 ppm, 13 C)
 実施例で使用する略号は以下のとおりである。
<メタクリルモノマー>
Abbreviations used in the examples are as follows.
<Methacrylic monomer>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
 
MA1は特許文献(WO2011-084546)に記載の合成法にて合成した。
MA2は特許文献(特開平9-118717)に記載の合成法にて合成した。
MA1 was synthesized by a synthesis method described in a patent document (WO2011-084546).
MA2 was synthesized by the synthesis method described in the patent document (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 9-118717).
<ヒドロキシアルキル化合物>
T1:Primid XL-552 :(N,N,N’,N’-テトラキス-(2-ヒドロキシエチル)-アジパミド)
T2:Primid SF-4510
T1,T2は市販にて購入したものを使用した。
<Hydroxyalkyl compound>
T1: Primid XL-552: (N, N, N ′, N′-tetrakis- (2-hydroxyethyl) -adipamide)
T2: Primid SF-4510
T1 and T2 used were purchased commercially.
<比較例>
X1:テトラグリシジルジアミノジフェニルメタン(YH-434L)
X1は市販購入品を使用した。
<有機溶媒>
THF:テトラヒドロフラン
NMP:N-メチル-2-ピロリドン
BCS:ブチルセロソルブ
<Comparative example>
X1: Tetraglycidyldiaminodiphenylmethane (YH-434L)
X1 was a commercially purchased product.
<Organic solvent>
THF: Tetrahydrofuran NMP: N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone BCS: Butyl cellosolve
<重合開始剤>
AIBN:2,2’-アゾビスイソブチロニトリル
<Polymerization initiator>
AIBN: 2,2′-azobisisobutyronitrile
<重合例1: ポリメタクリル酸>
 MA1(13.3g、40.0mmol)とMA2(18.4g、60.0mmol)をTHF(182.3g)中に溶解し、ダイアフラムポンプで脱気を行なった後、AIBNを(0.82g、5.0mmol)を加え再び脱気を行なった。この後50℃で30時間反応させメタクリレートのポリマー溶液を得た。このポリマー溶液をジエチルエーテル(1500ml)に滴下し、得られた沈殿物をろ過した。この沈澱物をジエチルエーテルで洗浄し、40℃のオーブン中で減圧乾燥しメタクリレートポリマー粉末を得た。
 得られた粉末6.0gにNMP54.0gを加え、室温で3時間攪拌した。固形分濃度が10.0wt%、のメタクリレートポリマー溶液(M1)を得た。攪拌終了時点でポリマーは完全に溶解していた。
<Polymerization Example 1: Polymethacrylic acid>
MA1 (13.3 g, 40.0 mmol) and MA2 (18.4 g, 60.0 mmol) were dissolved in THF (182.3 g), and after deaeration with a diaphragm pump, AIBN (0.82 g, 5.0 mmol) was added and deaeration was performed again. Thereafter, the mixture was reacted at 50 ° C. for 30 hours to obtain a polymer solution of methacrylate. This polymer solution was added dropwise to diethyl ether (1500 ml), and the resulting precipitate was filtered. This precipitate was washed with diethyl ether and dried under reduced pressure in an oven at 40 ° C. to obtain a methacrylate polymer powder.
56.0 g of NMP was added to 6.0 g of the obtained powder, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. A methacrylate polymer solution (M1) having a solid content concentration of 10.0 wt% was obtained. The polymer was completely dissolved at the end of stirring.
<重合例2: ポリメタクリル酸>
 MA1(6.64g、20.0mmol)とMA2(24.5g、80.0mmol)をTHF(181.2g)中に溶解し、ダイアフラムポンプで脱気を行なった後、AIBNを(0.82g、5.0mmol)を加え再び脱気を行なった。この後50℃で30時間反応させメタクリレートのポリマー溶液を得た。このポリマー溶液をジエチルエーテル(1500ml)に滴下し、得られた沈殿物をろ過した。この沈澱物をジエチルエーテルで洗浄し、40℃のオーブン中で減圧乾燥しメタクリレートポリマー粉末を得た。
<Polymerization Example 2: Polymethacrylic acid>
After MA1 (6.64 g, 20.0 mmol) and MA2 (24.5 g, 80.0 mmol) were dissolved in THF (181.2 g) and deaerated with a diaphragm pump, AIBN (0.82 g, 5.0 mmol) was added and deaeration was performed again. Thereafter, the mixture was reacted at 50 ° C. for 30 hours to obtain a polymer solution of methacrylate. This polymer solution was added dropwise to diethyl ether (1500 ml), and the resulting precipitate was filtered. This precipitate was washed with diethyl ether and dried under reduced pressure in an oven at 40 ° C. to obtain a methacrylate polymer powder.
 得られた粉末6.0gにNMP54.0gを加え、室温で3時間攪拌した。固形分濃度が10.0wt%、のメタクリレートポリマー溶液(M2)を得た。攪拌終了時点でポリマーは完全に溶解していた。 54.0 g of NMP was added to 6.0 g of the obtained powder, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. A methacrylate polymer solution (M2) having a solid content concentration of 10.0 wt% was obtained. The polymer was completely dissolved at the end of stirring.
<合成実施例1>
 特定ヒドロキシルアルキル化合物(T3)の合成
<Synthesis Example 1>
Synthesis of specific hydroxyl alkyl compound (T3)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
 
 ピペラジン(25.0g,300mmol)のアセトニトリル溶液(125g)に、アクリル酸メチル(56.8g,660mmol)を1時間かけて滴下し、室温で2時間攪拌した。その後得られた溶液を濃縮し、無色オイルとしてT3-1を得た。(収量:77.8g,収率:100%)
1H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d, δppm):3.58(6H, s), 2.54-2.50(4H, m), 2.46-2.33(4H, m), 32.33(8H, br).
To a acetonitrile solution (125 g) of piperazine (25.0 g, 300 mmol), methyl acrylate (56.8 g, 660 mmol) was added dropwise over 1 hour, followed by stirring at room temperature for 2 hours. The resulting solution was concentrated to give T3-1 as a colorless oil. (Yield: 77.8 g, Yield: 100%)
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 , δ ppm): 3.58 (6H, s), 2.54-2.50 (4H, m), 2.46-2.33 (4H, m), 32.33 (8H, br).
 T3-1(12.9g,50mmol)、ジエタノールアミン(11.0g,105mmol)、ナトリウムエトキシド(0.34g,5mmol)を加えたDMF溶液(129g)を、室温で18時間攪拌した。その後析出している白色固体をろ過により回収し、メタノール(130g)により再結晶を行うことで、T3を得た。(収量:11.6g,収率:57.3%)
1H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d, δppm):4.84-4.82(2H, t), 4.66-4.64(2H, t), 3.53-3.30(16H, m), 2.49(8H, br), 2.36(8H, br).
A DMF solution (129 g) to which T3-1 (12.9 g, 50 mmol), diethanolamine (11.0 g, 105 mmol) and sodium ethoxide (0.34 g, 5 mmol) were added was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. Thereafter, the precipitated white solid was collected by filtration and recrystallized from methanol (130 g) to obtain T3. (Yield: 11.6 g, Yield: 57.3%)
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 , δ ppm): 4.84-4.82 (2H, t), 4.66-4.64 (2H, t), 3.53-3.30 (16H, m), 2.49 (8H, br), 2.36 (8H, br).
<合成実施例2>
 特定ヒドロキシルアルキル化合物(T4)の合成
<Synthesis Example 2>
Synthesis of specific hydroxyl alkyl compound (T4)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
 
 1,3-ジ-4-ピペリジルプロパン(6.31g,30mmol)のアセトニトリル溶液(31.5g)に、アクリル酸メチル(5.68g,66mmol)を1時間かけて滴下し、室温で2時間攪拌した。その後得られた溶液を濃縮し、無色オイルとしてT4-1を得た。(収量:11.5g,収率:100%)
1H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d, δppm):3.68(6H, s), 2.86(4H, d), 2.67(4H, t), 2.52(4H, t), 1.96-1.92(4H, m), 1.66-1.64(4H, m), 1.27(2H, br), 1.12(10H, br).
Methyl acrylate (5.68 g, 66 mmol) was added dropwise to an acetonitrile solution (31.5 g) of 1,3-di-4-piperidylpropane (6.31 g, 30 mmol) over 1 hour, followed by stirring at room temperature for 2 hours. did. The resulting solution was concentrated to give T4-1 as a colorless oil. (Yield: 11.5 g, Yield: 100%)
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 , δ ppm): 3.68 (6H, s), 2.86 (4H, d), 2.67 (4H, t), 2.52 (4H, t), 1.96-1.92 (4H, m ), 1.66-1.64 (4H, m), 1.27 (2H, br), 1.12 (10H, br).
 T4-1(11.5g,30mmol)、ジエタノールアミン(9.46g,90mmol)、ナトリウムエトキシド(0.20g,3mmol)を加えたエタノール溶液(57.3g)を室温で18時間攪拌した。その後濃縮し、得られた固体をIPA(76.4g)にて再結晶を行うことで、T4を得た。(収量:5.60g,収率:35.5%)
1H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d, δppm):4.86(2H, br), 4.67(2H, br), 3.50-3.30(16H, m), 2.82-2.78(4H, m), 2.55-2.47(8H, m), 1.87-1.81(4H, m), 1.60-1.57(4H, m), 1.25-1.03(12H, m).
An ethanol solution (57.3 g) containing T4-1 (11.5 g, 30 mmol), diethanolamine (9.46 g, 90 mmol) and sodium ethoxide (0.20 g, 3 mmol) was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. After concentration, the resulting solid was recrystallized with IPA (76.4 g) to obtain T4. (Yield: 5.60 g, Yield: 35.5%)
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 , δ ppm): 4.86 (2H, br), 4.67 (2H, br), 3.50-3.30 (16H, m), 2.82-2.78 (4H, m), 2.55-2.47 (8H, m), 1.87-1.81 (4H, m), 1.60-1.57 (4H, m), 1.25-1.03 (12H, m).
<合成実施例3>
 特定ヒドロキシルアルキル化合物(T5)の合成
<Synthesis Example 3>
Synthesis of specific hydroxyl alkyl compound (T5)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
 
 ジエタノールアミン(15.8g,150mmol)のDMF溶液(39.3g)に、ジシクロヘキシルメタン4,4’-ジイソシアナート(11.5g,30mmol) を、室温で1時間かけて滴下し、室温で18時間攪拌した。得られた溶液にTHF(120g)を加え室温で2時間攪拌した後、析出している白色固体を、ろ過により回収し、T5を得た。(収量:10.8g,収率:45.7%)
1H-NMR(400MHz, DMSO-d, δppm):6.43(2H, d), 6.05(2H, d), 5.04(2H, br), 4.88-4.86(2H, t), 3.63(1H, br), 3.51-3.44(8H, m), 3.34-3.24(9H, m), 1.78-1.65(4H, m), 1.51-1.41(6H, m), 1.19-1.03(8H, m). 0.92-0.83(2H, m).
To a DMF solution (39.3 g) of diethanolamine (15.8 g, 150 mmol), dicyclohexylmethane 4,4′-diisocyanate (11.5 g, 30 mmol) was added dropwise at room temperature over 1 hour, and at room temperature for 18 hours. Stir. After adding THF (120g) to the obtained solution and stirring at room temperature for 2 hours, the depositing white solid was collect | recovered by filtration and T5 was obtained. (Yield: 10.8 g, Yield: 45.7%)
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d, δ ppm): 6.43 (2H, d), 6.05 (2H, d), 5.04 (2H, br), 4.88-4.86 (2H, t), 3.63 (1H, br) , 3.51-3.44 (8H, m), 3.34-3.24 (9H, m), 1.78-1.65 (4H, m), 1.51-1.41 (6H, m), 1.19-1.03 (8H, m). 0.92-0.83 ( 2H, m).
<合成実施例4>
 特定ヒドロキシルアルキル化合物(T6)の合成
<Synthesis Example 4>
Synthesis of specific hydroxyl alkyl compound (T6)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
 
 4,4’-ビピペリジン(5.05g,30mmol)のアセトニトリル溶液(25.2g)に、アクリル酸メチル(5.68g,66mmol)を1時間かけて滴下し、室温で2時間攪拌した後、得られた溶液を濃縮することで、無色オイルとしてT6-1を得た。(収量:10.3g,収率:99.9%)
1H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d, δppm):3.68(6H, s), 2.93-2.89(4H, m), 2.69-265(4H, m), 2.55-2.50(4H, t), 1.96-1.89(4H, m), 1.69-1.66(4H, m), 1.30-1.23(4H, m), 1.09-0.99(2H, m).
Methyl acrylate (5.68 g, 66 mmol) was added dropwise to an acetonitrile solution (25.2 g) of 4,4′-bipiperidine (5.05 g, 30 mmol) over 1 hour, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The resulting solution was concentrated to obtain T6-1 as a colorless oil. (Yield: 10.3 g, Yield: 99.9%)
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 , δ ppm): 3.68 (6H, s), 2.93-2.89 (4H, m), 2.69-265 (4H, m), 2.55-2.50 (4H, t), 1.96 -1.89 (4H, m), 1.69-1.66 (4H, m), 1.30-1.23 (4H, m), 1.09-0.99 (2H, m).
 T6-1(10.2g,30mmol)、ジエタノールアミン(9.46g,90mmol)、ナトリウムエトキシド(0.20g,3mmol)を加えたエタノール溶液(51.0g)を、室温で18時間攪拌した。その後濃縮し、得られた固体をIPA(60.5g)にて再結晶を行うことで、T6を得た。(収量:4.92g,収率:33.7%)
1H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d, δppm):4.83(2H, br), 4.66-4.33(2H, t), 3.50-3.29(16H, m), 2.86-2.83(4H, m), 2.51-2.41(8H, m), 1.83-1.78(4H, m), 1.61-1.58(4H, m), 1.18-0.94(6H, m).
An ethanol solution (51.0 g) containing T6-1 (10.2 g, 30 mmol), diethanolamine (9.46 g, 90 mmol) and sodium ethoxide (0.20 g, 3 mmol) was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. After concentration, the obtained solid was recrystallized with IPA (60.5 g) to obtain T6. (Yield: 4.92 g, Yield: 33.7%)
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 , δ ppm): 4.83 (2H, br), 4.66-4.33 (2H, t), 3.50-3.29 (16H, m), 2.86-2.83 (4H, m), 2.51 -2.41 (8H, m), 1.83-1.78 (4H, m), 1.61-1.58 (4H, m), 1.18-0.94 (6H, m).
<合成実施例5>
 特定ヒドロキシルアルキル化合物(T7)の合成
<Synthesis Example 5>
Synthesis of specific hydroxyl alkyl compound (T7)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
 
 ジエタノールアミン(52.6g,500mmol)のメタノール溶液(263g)に、アクリル酸メチル(56.0g,650mmol)を1時間かけて滴下し、室温で2時間攪拌した。その後得られた溶液を濃縮することで、無色オイルとしてT7-1を得た。(収量:99.7g,収率:95.9%)
1H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d, δppm):4.26(2H, t), 3.54(3H, s), 3.37-3.33(4H, m), 2.73-2.70(2H, m), 2.46(4H, t), 2.38(2H, t).
Methyl acrylate (56.0 g, 650 mmol) was added dropwise to a methanol solution (263 g) of diethanolamine (52.6 g, 500 mmol) over 1 hour, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The resulting solution was concentrated to obtain T7-1 as a colorless oil. (Yield: 99.7 g, Yield: 95.9%)
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 , δ ppm): 4.26 (2H, t), 3.54 (3H, s), 3.37-3.33 (4H, m), 2.73-2.70 (2H, m), 2.46 (4H , t), 2.38 (2H, t).
 T7-1(22.9g,120mmol)、ピペラジン(4.31g,50mmol)ナトリウムエトキシド(0.34g,5mmol)を加えたエタノール溶液(43.1g)を還流条件下で18時間攪拌した。その後濃縮し、得られた固体をIPA(86.2g)にてリパルプ精製を行うことでT7を得た。(収量:6.46g,収率:31.9%)
1H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d, δppm):4.70(4H, br), 3.52-3.29(16H, m), 2.56-2.25(4H, m), 2.50 (8H, br), 2.27(8H, br).
An ethanol solution (43.1 g) to which T7-1 (22.9 g, 120 mmol), piperazine (4.31 g, 50 mmol) and sodium ethoxide (0.34 g, 5 mmol) were added was stirred under reflux conditions for 18 hours. Then, it was concentrated, and T7 was obtained by repulping the obtained solid with IPA (86.2 g). (Yield: 6.46 g, Yield: 31.9%)
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 , δ ppm): 4.70 (4H, br), 3.52-3.29 (16H, m), 2.56-2.25 (4H, m), 2.50 (8H, br), 2.27 (8H , br).
<実施例1>
 重合例1で得られたメタクリルポリマー溶液M1 50.0gに、BCS 33.33g、T1 0.15gを加え、室温で3時間攪拌し、液晶配向剤AL1を得た。
<Example 1>
BCS 33.33 g and T1 0.15 g were added to 50.0 g of the methacrylic polymer solution M1 obtained in Polymerization Example 1, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours to obtain a liquid crystal aligning agent AL1.
<実施例2~19>
 表1に示す組成を用いた以外、実施例1と同様な方法により、実施例2~19の液晶配向剤AL2~AL19を得、これを用いて液晶セルを作製した。また、実施例1と同様な方法により、電圧保持率(VHR)及び残像特性を測定した。その結果も表1に示す。
<Examples 2 to 19>
Liquid crystal aligning agents AL2 to AL19 of Examples 2 to 19 were obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compositions shown in Table 1 were used, and liquid crystal cells were produced using these. Further, the voltage holding ratio (VHR) and the afterimage characteristics were measured by the same method as in Example 1. The results are also shown in Table 1.
<比較例1~3(コントロール1~3)>
重合例1,2で得られたポリマー溶液(M1、M2)を用い、上述の液晶配向剤(AL1)を用いた場合と同様に液晶セルの作製を行い、同様の方法で、VHR及び残像特性を評価した。
<Comparative Examples 1 to 3 (Controls 1 to 3)>
Using the polymer solutions (M1, M2) obtained in Polymerization Examples 1 and 2, a liquid crystal cell was prepared in the same manner as in the case of using the liquid crystal aligning agent (AL1), and VHR and afterimage characteristics were obtained in the same manner. Evaluated.
[液晶セルの作製]
 上記で得られた液晶配向剤(AL1)を用いて下記に示すような手順で液晶セルの作製を行った。
 基板は、30mm×40mmの大きさで、厚さが0.7mmのガラス基板であり、ITO膜をパターニングして形成された櫛歯状の画素電極が配置されたものを用いた。
 画素電極は、中央部分が屈曲したくの字形状の電極要素を複数配列して構成された櫛歯状の形状を有する。各電極要素の短手方向の幅は10μmであり、電極要素間の間隔は20μmである。各画素を形成する画素電極が、中央部分の屈曲したくの字形状の電極要素を複数配列して構成されているため、各画素の形状は長方形状ではなく、電極要素と同様に中央部分で屈曲する、太字のくの字に似た形状を備える。
[Production of liquid crystal cell]
Using the liquid crystal aligning agent (AL1) obtained above, a liquid crystal cell was prepared according to the procedure shown below.
The substrate used was a glass substrate having a size of 30 mm × 40 mm and a thickness of 0.7 mm, on which comb-like pixel electrodes formed by patterning an ITO film were arranged.
The pixel electrode has a comb-like shape configured by arranging a plurality of dog-shaped electrode elements whose central portion is bent. The width in the short direction of each electrode element is 10 μm, and the distance between the electrode elements is 20 μm. Since the pixel electrode forming each pixel is formed by arranging a plurality of bent-shaped electrode elements in the central portion, the shape of each pixel is not rectangular, but in the central portion like the electrode elements. It has a shape that bends and resembles a bold-faced koji.
 そして、各画素は、その中央の屈曲部分を境にして上下に分割され、屈曲部分の上側の第1領域と下側の第2領域を有する。各画素の第1領域と第2領域とを比較すると、それらを構成する画素電極の電極要素の形成方向が異なるものとなっている。すなわち、後述する液晶配向膜の配向処理方向を基準とした場合、画素の第1領域では画素電極の電極要素が+15°の角度(時計回り)をなすように形成され、画素の第2領域では画素電極の電極要素が-15°の角度(時計回り)をなすように形成されている。すなわち、各画素の第1領域と第2領域とでは、画素電極と対向電極との間の電圧印加によって誘起される液晶の、基板面内での回転動作(インプレーン・スイッチング)の方向が互いに逆方向となるように構成されている。
 上記で得られた液晶配向剤(AL1)を、準備された上記電極付き基板にスピンコートした。次いで、70℃のホットプレートで90秒間乾燥し、膜厚100nmの液晶配向膜を形成した。次いで、塗膜面に偏光板を介して313nmの紫外線を15mJ/cm照射した後に150℃のホットプレートで10分間加熱し、液晶配向膜付き基板を得た。
Each pixel is divided into upper and lower portions with a central bent portion as a boundary, and has a first region on the upper side of the bent portion and a second region on the lower side. When the first region and the second region of each pixel are compared, the formation directions of the electrode elements of the pixel electrodes constituting them are different. That is, when the alignment processing direction of the liquid crystal alignment film described later is used as a reference, the electrode element of the pixel electrode is formed to form an angle of + 15 ° (clockwise) in the first region of the pixel, and in the second region of the pixel. The electrode elements of the pixel electrode are formed so as to form an angle of −15 ° (clockwise). That is, in the first region and the second region of each pixel, the directions of the rotation operation (in-plane switching) of the liquid crystal induced by the voltage application between the pixel electrode and the counter electrode are mutually in the substrate plane. It is comprised so that it may become a reverse direction.
The liquid crystal aligning agent (AL1) obtained above was spin-coated on the prepared substrate with electrodes. Subsequently, it dried for 90 second with a 70 degreeC hotplate, and formed the liquid crystal aligning film with a film thickness of 100 nm. Next, the coating film surface was irradiated with 313 nm ultraviolet rays through a polarizing plate at 15 mJ / cm 2 and then heated on a hot plate at 150 ° C. for 10 minutes to obtain a substrate with a liquid crystal alignment film.
 また、対向基板として電極が形成されていない高さ4μmの柱状スペーサーを有するガラス基板にも、同様に塗膜を形成させ、配向処理を施した。一方の基板の液晶配向膜上にシール剤(協立化学製XN-1500T)を印刷した。次いで、もう一方の基板を、液晶配向膜面が向き合い配向方向が0°になるようにして張り合わせた後、シール剤を熱硬化させて空セルを作製した。この空セルに減圧注入法によって、液晶MLC-2041(メルク株式会社製)を注入し、注入口を封止して、IPS(In-Planes Switching)モード液晶表示素子の構成を備えた液晶セルを得た。 Further, a coating film was similarly formed on a glass substrate having a columnar spacer with a height of 4 μm on which no electrode was formed as a counter substrate, and an orientation treatment was performed. A sealant (XN-1500T manufactured by Kyoritsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) was printed on the liquid crystal alignment film of one substrate. Next, the other substrate was bonded so that the liquid crystal alignment film faces each other and the alignment direction was 0 °, and then the sealing agent was thermally cured to produce an empty cell. A liquid crystal cell having a configuration of an IPS (In-Plane Switching) mode liquid crystal display element is injected into this empty cell by a vacuum injection method by injecting liquid crystal MLC-2041 (manufactured by Merck), sealing the injection port. Obtained.
 実施例2~19で得られた液晶配向剤(AL2~AL9)に関しても、AL1と同様の方法を用いて液晶セルを作成した。 Regarding the liquid crystal aligning agents (AL2 to AL9) obtained in Examples 2 to 19, liquid crystal cells were prepared using the same method as AL1.
(配向性観察)
 上記の方法にて液晶セルを作製した。その後、120℃のオーブンで60分間再配向処理を行なった。その後、偏光板をクロスニコル状態にした偏光顕微鏡を通して観察した。
 液晶セルを回転し黒表示状態にしたときに輝点や配向不良が無い状態を良好とした。配向性を観察した結果、すべての実施例、比較例(コントロール1,2,3)において良好な液晶配向性を示した。
(Orientation observation)
A liquid crystal cell was produced by the above method. Thereafter, reorientation treatment was performed in an oven at 120 ° C. for 60 minutes. Thereafter, the polarizing plate was observed through a polarizing microscope in a crossed Nicol state.
When the liquid crystal cell was rotated to be in a black display state, a state in which there was no bright spot or poor alignment was considered good. As a result of observing the orientation, all the examples and comparative examples ( controls 1, 2, 3) showed good liquid crystal orientation.
(電圧保持率(VHR)評価)
 上記で作製した液晶セルを用い、70℃の恒温環境下、周波数30Hzで16Vppの交流電圧を168時間印加した。その後、液晶セルの画素電極と対向電極との間をショートさせた状態にし、そのまま室温に1時間放置した。その得られたセルを70℃温度下で1Vの電圧を60μs間印加し、16.67ms後の電圧を測定し、電圧がどのくらい保持できているかを電圧保持率(VHR)として計算した。また、70℃の恒温環境下後のVHRを計算し、VHR(初期)-VHR(エージング後)をΔVHRとして下記表1に示した。なお、電圧保持率の測定には、東陽テクニカ社製の電圧保持率測定装置VHR-1を使用した。
(Voltage holding ratio (VHR) evaluation)
Using the liquid crystal cell produced above, an AC voltage of 16 Vpp was applied for 168 hours at a frequency of 30 Hz in a constant temperature environment of 70 ° C. Thereafter, the pixel electrode and the counter electrode of the liquid crystal cell were short-circuited and left as it was at room temperature for 1 hour. A voltage of 1 V was applied to the obtained cell at a temperature of 70 ° C. for 60 μs, a voltage after 16.67 ms was measured, and how much the voltage could be held was calculated as a voltage holding ratio (VHR). Further, VHR after a constant temperature environment of 70 ° C. was calculated, and VHR (initial) −VHR (after aging) was shown as ΔVHR in Table 1 below. The voltage holding ratio was measured using a voltage holding ratio measuring device VHR-1 manufactured by Toyo Technica.
 結果は下記表1に示されるとおりであった。 The results were as shown in Table 1 below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000054
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000054
 
 表1に示されているように、本発明に従う実施例は、(A)成分が共通で、(B)成分を含まない比較例に比べて、より詳細には、実施例1、3、10、12、14、16とコントロール1、実施例4~9とコントロール2とを比較すると、実施例の方がΔVHRの値が小さく、これより、電圧保持率(VHR)が熱エージングにより低下しないことが分かる。 As shown in Table 1, the examples according to the present invention are more detailed in Examples 1, 3, 10 than the comparative example in which the component (A) is common and the component (B) is not included. , 12, 14, 16 and Control 1, and Examples 4 to 9 and Control 2 have a smaller ΔVHR value, and the voltage holding ratio (VHR) does not decrease due to thermal aging. I understand.
 上記の液晶セル作製方法のうち焼成温度を100℃と150℃にて焼成した以外は同様方法で液晶セルを作製した。 A liquid crystal cell was produced in the same manner as the above liquid crystal cell production method except that the firing temperature was 100 ° C. and 150 ° C.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000055
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000055
 
 表2に示されているように、本発明に従う実施例は、(B)成分が含まれることで比較例(コントロール1,3)に比べて、電圧保持率(VHR)の初期値が向上し、焼成温度による電圧保持率(VHR)の変化が少なく、低い焼成温度で良好な電圧保持率を得ることが出来ることが分かる。 As shown in Table 2, in the example according to the present invention, the initial value of the voltage holding ratio (VHR) is improved compared to the comparative examples (controls 1 and 3) by including the component (B). It can be seen that there is little change in the voltage holding ratio (VHR) due to the baking temperature, and a good voltage holding ratio can be obtained at a low baking temperature.
<残像評価>
 実施例1で用意したIPSモード用液晶セルを、偏光軸が直交するように配置された2枚の偏光板の間に設置し、電圧無印加の状態でバックライトを点灯させておき、透過光の輝度が最も小さくなるように液晶セルの配置角度を調整した。そして、画素の第2領域が最も暗くなる角度から第1領域が最も暗くなる角度まで液晶セルを回転させたときの回転角度を初期配向方位角として算出した。次いで、70℃のオーブン中で、周波数30Hzで16VPPの交流電圧を168時間印加した。その後、液晶セルの画素電極と対向電極との間をショートさせた状態にし、そのまま室温に1時間放置した。放置の後、同様にして配向方位角を測定し、交流駆動前後の配向方位角の差を角度Δ(deg.)として算出した。その他の実施例でも同様に測定した。その結果、全ての実施例において、角度Δが0.1以下であった。
<Afterimage evaluation>
The liquid crystal cell for IPS mode prepared in Example 1 is installed between two polarizing plates arranged so that the polarization axes are orthogonal to each other, and the backlight is turned on with no voltage applied, and the brightness of the transmitted light The arrangement angle of the liquid crystal cell was adjusted so as to be the smallest. Then, the rotation angle when the liquid crystal cell was rotated from the angle at which the second region of the pixel was darkest to the angle at which the first region was darkest was calculated as the initial orientation azimuth. Next, an alternating voltage of 16 V PP was applied in a 70 ° C. oven at a frequency of 30 Hz for 168 hours. Thereafter, the pixel electrode and the counter electrode of the liquid crystal cell were short-circuited and left as it was at room temperature for 1 hour. After standing, the orientation azimuth was measured in the same manner, and the difference in orientation azimuth before and after AC driving was calculated as an angle Δ (deg.). The same measurement was performed in other examples. As a result, in all the examples, the angle Δ was 0.1 or less.
 図1
 1  側鎖型高分子膜
 2、2a  側鎖
 図2
 3  側鎖型高分子膜
 4、4a  側鎖
 図3
 5  側鎖型高分子膜
 6、6a  側鎖
 図4
 7  側鎖型高分子膜
 8、8a  側鎖
 
FIG.
1 Side chain polymer membrane 2, 2a Side chain Fig. 2
3 Side chain polymer membrane 4, 4a Side chain Fig. 3
5 Side chain polymer membrane 6, 6a Side chain Fig. 4
7 Side chain polymer membrane 8, 8a Side chain

Claims (21)

  1.  (A)所定の温度範囲で液晶性を発現する感光性の側鎖型高分子、
     (B)ヒドロキシアルキル基が少なくとも1つ結合した窒素原子を一分子中に2~6個有する化合物、及び
     (C)有機溶媒
    を含有する組成物。
    (A) a photosensitive side chain polymer that exhibits liquid crystallinity within a predetermined temperature range;
    (B) A compound having 2 to 6 nitrogen atoms in one molecule to which at least one hydroxyalkyl group is bonded, and (C) a composition containing an organic solvent.
  2.  (A)成分が、光架橋、光異性化、または光フリース転移を起こす感光性側鎖を有する、請求項1に記載の組成物。 The composition according to claim 1, wherein the component (A) has a photosensitive side chain that undergoes photocrosslinking, photoisomerization, or photofleece transition.
  3.  (B)成分のヒドロキシアルキル基が少なくとも1つ結合した窒素原子を一分子中に2~6個有する化合物が下記式(b)で表されるものである、請求項1または2記載の組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
     
    (式中、Rはn価の有機基であり、
     Lは単結合、炭素数1~10のアルキレンまたはN-Xを表し、Xは水素原子またはアルキル基を表し、また、Xは別のXと一緒になってアルキレンを形成しても、Rと結合することにより環構造を形成してもよく、
     Lは単結合または炭素数1~10のアルキレンを表し、
     Lは単結合、NHまたはN-アルキルを表し、
     Lは単結合または炭素数1~10のアルキレンを表し、
     Lは単結合又はカルボニルを表し、LがNHまたはN-アルキルである場合は、LとLとは同時に単結合を表すことはなく、
     LおよびLは、それぞれ独立に炭素数2~20の直鎖又は分岐のアルキレンを表し、
     L、L、L、LおよびLにおけるアルキレンはハロゲン及びヒドロキシ基から選ばれる同一または異なる1以上の置換基で置換されていてもよく、かつ
     nは2~6の整数である。)
    The composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the compound (B) is a compound represented by the following formula (b) having 2 to 6 nitrogen atoms bonded to at least one hydroxyalkyl group in one molecule. .
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

    (In the formula, R 1 is an n-valent organic group,
    L 1 represents an alkylene or N-X 1 of a single bond, 1 to 10 carbon atoms, X 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group and, X 1 is form an alkylene and together with another X 1 Or a ring structure may be formed by bonding to R 1 ,
    L 2 represents a single bond or alkylene having 1 to 10 carbon atoms,
    L 3 represents a single bond, NH or N-alkyl,
    L 4 represents a single bond or alkylene having 1 to 10 carbon atoms,
    L 5 represents a single bond or carbonyl, and when L 3 is NH or N-alkyl, L 4 and L 5 do not represent a single bond at the same time,
    L 6 and L 7 each independently represent a linear or branched alkylene having 2 to 20 carbon atoms,
    The alkylene in L 1 , L 2 , L 4 , L 6 and L 7 may be substituted with one or more substituents selected from the same or different from halogen and hydroxy groups, and n is an integer of 2 to 6 . )
  4.  nが2または3である、請求項3記載の組成物。 The composition according to claim 3, wherein n is 2 or 3.
  5.  LおよびLのうち少なくとも1つが下記式(b1)で表される、請求項3または4記載の組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
     
     (式中、R~Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、炭化水素基、または、ヒドロキシ基で置換された炭化水素基のいずれかを表す。)
    The composition according to claim 3 or 4, wherein at least one of L 6 and L 7 is represented by the following formula (b1).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

    (In the formula, R 2 to R 5 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group, or a hydrocarbon group substituted with a hydroxy group.)
  6.  式(b)におけるLおよびLがともにエチレンを表す、請求項3~5のいずれか一項に記載の組成物。 The composition according to any one of claims 3 to 5, wherein L 6 and L 7 in the formula (b) both represent ethylene.
  7.  式(b)におけるRまたはL中において、式(b)のカルボニル基に直接結合する原子が、芳香環を形成していない炭素原子である、請求項3~6のいずれか一項に記載の組成物。 7. In R 1 or L 1 in formula (b), the atom directly bonded to the carbonyl group in formula (b) is a carbon atom that does not form an aromatic ring. The composition as described.
  8.  式(b)におけるRが、下記のb2-1~b2-29から選ばれる構造である、請求項3~7のいずれか一項に記載の組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
     
    The composition according to any one of claims 3 to 7, wherein R 1 in the formula (b) has a structure selected from the following b2-1 to b2-29.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
  9.  (A)成分が、下記式(1)~(6)
    (式中、A、B、Dはそれぞれ独立に、単結合、-O-、-CH-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-NH-CO-、-CH=CH-CO-O-、又は-O-CO-CH=CH-を表す;
     Sは、炭素数1~12のアルキレン基であり、それらに結合する水素原子はハロゲン基に置き換えられていてもよい;
     Tは、単結合または炭素数1~12のアルキレン基であり、それらに結合する水素原子はハロゲン基に置き換えられていてもよい;
     Yは、1価のベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ビフェニル環、フラン環、ピロール環および炭素数5~8の脂環式炭化水素から選ばれる環を表すか、それらの置換基から選ばれる同一又は相異なった2~6の環が結合基Bを介して結合してなる基であり、それらに結合する水素原子はそれぞれ独立に-COOR(式中、Rは水素原子又は炭素数1~5のアルキル基を表す)、-NO、-CN、-CH=C(CN)、-CH=CH-CN、ハロゲン基、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、又は炭素数1~5のアルキルオキシ基で置換されても良い;
     Yは、2価のベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ビフェニル環、フラン環、ピロール環、炭素数5~8の脂環式炭化水素、および、それらの組み合わせからなる群から選ばれる基であり、それらに結合する水素原子はそれぞれ独立に-NO、-CN、-CH=C(CN)、-CH=CH-CN、ハロゲン基、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、又は炭素数1~5のアルキルオキシ基で置換されても良い;
     Rは、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数1~6のアルコキシ基を表すか、又はYと同じ定義を表す;
     Xは、単結合、-COO-、-OCO-、-N=N-、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-CH=CH-CO-O-、又は-O-CO-CH=CH-を表し、Xの数が2となるときは、X同士は同一でも異なっていてもよい;
     Couは、クマリン-6-イル基またはクマリン-7-イル基を表し、それらに結合する水素原子はそれぞれ独立に-NO、-CN、-CH=C(CN)、-CH=CH-CN、ハロゲン基、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、又は炭素数1~5のアルキルオキシ基で置換されても良い;
     q1とq2は、一方が1で他方が0である;
     q3は0または1である;
     P及びQは、各々独立に、2価のベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ビフェニル環、フラン環、ピロール環、炭素数5~8の脂環式炭化水素、および、それらの組み合わせからなる群から選ばれる基である;ただし、Xが-CH=CH-CO-O-、-O-CO-CH=CH-である場合、-CH=CH-が結合する側のP又はQは芳香環であり、Pの数が2以上となるときは、P同士は同一でも異なっていてもよく、Qの数が2以上となるときは、Q同士は同一でも異なっていてもよい;
     l1は0または1である;
     l2は0~2の整数である;
     l1とl2がともに0であるときは、Tが単結合であるときはAも単結合を表す;
     l1が1であるときは、Tが単結合であるときはBも単結合を表す;
     H及びIは、各々独立に、2価のベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ビフェニル環、フラン環、ピロール環、およびそれらの組み合わせから選ばれる基である。)
    からなる群から選ばれるいずれか1種の感光性側鎖を有する、請求項1~8のいずれか一項に記載の組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
     
    The component (A) is represented by the following formulas (1) to (6)
    (Wherein A, B and D are each independently a single bond, —O—, —CH 2 —, —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NH—CO—, —CH═CH—CO Represents —O— or —O—CO—CH═CH—;
    S is an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and the hydrogen atom bonded thereto may be replaced by a halogen group;
    T is a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and a hydrogen atom bonded thereto may be replaced with a halogen group;
    Y 1 represents a ring selected from a monovalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring and alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, or the same or selected from those substituents. 2 to 6 different rings are bonded to each other through a bonding group B, and the hydrogen atoms bonded to them are each independently —COOR 0 (wherein R 0 is a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 5 represents an alkyl group), —NO 2 , —CN, —CH═C (CN) 2 , —CH═CH—CN, a halogen group, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms May be substituted with an alkyloxy group;
    Y 2 is a group selected from the group consisting of a divalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring, alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, and combinations thereof, The hydrogen atom bonded to each independently represents —NO 2 , —CN, —CH═C (CN) 2 , —CH═CH—CN, a halogen group, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or 1 to 5 carbon atoms. May be substituted with an alkyloxy group of
    R represents a hydroxy group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or the same definition as Y 1 ;
    X is a single bond, —COO—, —OCO—, —N═N—, —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —CH═CH—CO—O—, or —O—CO—CH═. When CH is 2 and the number of X is 2, X may be the same or different;
    Cou represents a coumarin-6-yl group or a coumarin-7-yl group, and the hydrogen atoms bonded thereto are independently —NO 2 , —CN, —CH═C (CN) 2 , —CH═CH— May be substituted with CN, a halogen group, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkyloxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms;
    one of q1 and q2 is 1 and the other is 0;
    q3 is 0 or 1;
    P and Q are each independently selected from the group consisting of a divalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring, alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, and combinations thereof. Provided that when X is —CH═CH—CO—O— or —O—CO—CH═CH—, P or Q on the side to which —CH═CH— is bonded is an aromatic ring; When the number of P is 2 or more, the Ps may be the same or different, and when the number of Q is 2 or more, the Qs may be the same or different;
    l1 is 0 or 1;
    l2 is an integer from 0 to 2;
    when l1 and l2 are both 0, A represents a single bond when T is a single bond;
    when l1 is 1, B represents a single bond when T is a single bond;
    H and I are each independently a group selected from a divalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring, and combinations thereof. )
    The composition according to any one of claims 1 to 8, which has any one photosensitive side chain selected from the group consisting of:
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
  10.  (A)成分が、下記式(7)~(10)
    (式中、A、B、Dはそれぞれ独立に、単結合、-O-、-CH-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-NH-CO-、-CH=CH-CO-O-、又は-O-CO-CH=CH-を表す;
     Yは、1価のベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ビフェニル環、フラン環、ピロール環および炭素数5~8の脂環式炭化水素から選ばれる環を表すか、それらの置換基から選ばれる同一又は相異なった2~6の環が結合基Bを介して結合してなる基であり、それらに結合する水素原子はそれぞれ独立に-COOR(式中、Rは水素原子又は炭素数1~5のアルキル基を表す)、-NO、-CN、-CH=C(CN)、-CH=CH-CN、ハロゲン基、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、又は炭素数1~5のアルキルオキシ基で置換されても良い;
     Xは、単結合、-COO-、-OCO-、-N=N-、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-CH=CH-CO-O-、又は-O-CO-CH=CH-を表し、Xの数が2となるときは、X同士は同一でも異なっていてもよい;
     lは1~12の整数を表す;
     mは、0~2の整数を表し、m1、m2は1~3の整数を表す;
     nは0~12の整数(ただしn=0のときBは単結合である)を表す;
     Yは、2価のベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ビフェニル環、フラン環、ピロール環、炭素数5~8の脂環式炭化水素、および、それらの組み合わせからなる群から選ばれる基であり、それらに結合する水素原子はそれぞれ独立に-NO、-CN、-CH=C(CN)、-CH=CH-CN、ハロゲン基、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、又は炭素数1~5のアルキルオキシ基で置換されても良い;
     Rは、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数1~6のアルコキシ基を表すか、又はYと同じ定義を表す)
    からなる群から選ばれるいずれか1種の感光性側鎖を有する、請求項1~8のいずれか一項に記載の組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
     
    The component (A) is represented by the following formulas (7) to (10)
    (Wherein A, B and D are each independently a single bond, —O—, —CH 2 —, —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NH—CO—, —CH═CH—CO Represents —O— or —O—CO—CH═CH—;
    Y 1 represents a ring selected from a monovalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring and alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, or the same or selected from those substituents. 2 to 6 different rings are bonded to each other through a bonding group B, and the hydrogen atoms bonded to them are each independently —COOR 0 (wherein R 0 is a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 5 represents an alkyl group), —NO 2 , —CN, —CH═C (CN) 2 , —CH═CH—CN, a halogen group, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms May be substituted with an alkyloxy group;
    X is a single bond, —COO—, —OCO—, —N═N—, —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —CH═CH—CO—O—, or —O—CO—CH═. When CH is 2 and the number of X is 2, X may be the same or different;
    l represents an integer of 1 to 12;
    m represents an integer of 0 to 2, and m1 and m2 represent an integer of 1 to 3;
    n represents an integer of 0 to 12 (provided that when n = 0, B is a single bond);
    Y 2 is a group selected from the group consisting of a divalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring, alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, and combinations thereof, The hydrogen atom bonded to each independently represents —NO 2 , —CN, —CH═C (CN) 2 , —CH═CH—CN, a halogen group, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or 1 to 5 carbon atoms. May be substituted with an alkyloxy group of
    R represents a hydroxy group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or the same definition as Y 1 )
    The composition according to any one of claims 1 to 8, which has any one photosensitive side chain selected from the group consisting of:
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
  11.  (A)成分が、下記式(11)~(13)
    (式中、Aは、それぞれ独立に、単結合、-O-、-CH-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-NH-CO-、-CH=CH-CO-O-、又は-O-CO-CH=CH-を表す;
     Xは、単結合、-COO-、-OCO-、-N=N-、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-CH=CH-CO-O-、又は-O-CO-CH=CH-を表し、Xの数が2となるときは、X同士は同一でも異なっていてもよい;
     lは、1~12の整数を表し、mは0~2の整数を表し、m2は1~3の整数を表す;
     Rは、1価のベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ビフェニル環、フラン環、ピロール環および炭素数5~8の脂環式炭化水素から選ばれる環を表すか、それらの置換基から選ばれる同一又は相異なった2~6の環が結合基Bを介して結合してなる基であり、それらに結合する水素原子はそれぞれ独立に-COOR(式中、Rは水素原子又は炭素数1~5のアルキル基を表す)、-NO、-CN、-CH=C(CN)、-CH=CH-CN、ハロゲン基、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、又は炭素数1~5のアルキルオキシ基で置換されても良いか、又はヒドロキシ基もしくは炭素数1~6のアルコキシ基を表す)
    からなる群から選ばれるいずれか1種の感光性側鎖を有する、請求項1~8のいずれか一項に記載の組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
     
    The component (A) is represented by the following formulas (11) to (13)
    (Wherein A is independently a single bond, —O—, —CH 2 —, —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NH—CO—, —CH═CH—CO—O—) Or represents —O—CO—CH═CH—;
    X is a single bond, —COO—, —OCO—, —N═N—, —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —CH═CH—CO—O—, or —O—CO—CH═. When CH is 2 and the number of X is 2, X may be the same or different;
    l represents an integer of 1 to 12, m represents an integer of 0 to 2, and m2 represents an integer of 1 to 3;
    R represents a ring selected from a monovalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring and alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, or the same or a phase selected from those substituents. Each of the hydrogen atoms bonded to them is independently —COOR 0 (wherein R 0 is a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 5). -NO 2 , -CN, -CH = C (CN) 2 , -CH = CH-CN, a halogen group, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms (It may be substituted with an oxy group or represents a hydroxy group or an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms)
    The composition according to any one of claims 1 to 8, which has any one photosensitive side chain selected from the group consisting of:
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
  12.  (A)成分が、下記式(14)又は(15)
    (式中、Aはそれぞれ独立に、単結合、-O-、-CH-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-NH-CO-、-CH=CH-CO-O-、又は-O-CO-CH=CH-を表す;
     Yは、1価のベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ビフェニル環、フラン環、ピロール環および炭素数5~8の脂環式炭化水素から選ばれる環を表すか、それらの置換基から選ばれる同一又は相異なった2~6の環が結合基Bを介して結合してなる基であり、それらに結合する水素原子はそれぞれ独立に-COOR(式中、Rは水素原子又は炭素数1~5のアルキル基を表す)、-NO、-CN、-CH=C(CN)、-CH=CH-CN、ハロゲン基、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、又は炭素数1~5のアルキルオキシ基で置換されても良い;
     Xは、単結合、-COO-、-OCO-、-N=N-、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-CH=CH-CO-O-、又は-O-CO-CH=CH-を表し、Xの数が2となるときは、X同士は同一でも異なっていてもよい;
     lは1~12の整数を表し、m1、m2は1~3の整数を表す)
    で表される感光性側鎖を有する、請求項1~8のいずれか一項に記載の組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
     
    (A) component is the following formula (14) or (15)
    (Wherein each A is independently a single bond, —O—, —CH 2 —, —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NH—CO—, —CH═CH—CO—O—, Or represents —O—CO—CH═CH—;
    Y 1 represents a ring selected from a monovalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring and alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, or the same or selected from those substituents. 2 to 6 different rings are bonded to each other through a bonding group B, and the hydrogen atoms bonded to them are each independently —COOR 0 (wherein R 0 is a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 5 represents an alkyl group), —NO 2 , —CN, —CH═C (CN) 2 , —CH═CH—CN, a halogen group, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms May be substituted with an alkyloxy group;
    X is a single bond, —COO—, —OCO—, —N═N—, —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —CH═CH—CO—O—, or —O—CO—CH═. When CH is 2 and the number of X is 2, X may be the same or different;
    l represents an integer of 1 to 12, and m1 and m2 represent an integer of 1 to 3)
    The composition according to any one of claims 1 to 8, which has a photosensitive side chain represented by the formula:
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
  13.  (A)成分が、下記式(16)又は(17)
    (式中、Aは単結合、-O-、-CH-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-NH-CO-、-CH=CH-CO-O-、又は-O-CO-CH=CH-を表す;
     Xは、単結合、-COO-、-OCO-、-N=N-、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-CH=CH-CO-O-、又は-O-CO-CH=CH-を表し、Xの数が2となるときは、X同士は同一でも異なっていてもよい;
     lは、1~12の整数を表し、mは0~2の整数を表す)
    で表される感光性側鎖を有する、請求項1~8のいずれか一項に記載の組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
     
    (A) component is following formula (16) or (17)
    Wherein A is a single bond, —O—, —CH 2 —, —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NH—CO—, —CH═CH—CO—O—, or —O—. Represents CO—CH═CH—;
    X is a single bond, —COO—, —OCO—, —N═N—, —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —CH═CH—CO—O—, or —O—CO—CH═. When CH is 2 and the number of X is 2, X may be the same or different;
    l represents an integer of 1 to 12, and m represents an integer of 0 to 2)
    The composition according to any one of claims 1 to 8, which has a photosensitive side chain represented by the formula:
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
  14.  (A)成分が、下記式(18)又は(19)
    (式中、A、Bはそれぞれ独立に、単結合、-O-、-CH-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-NH-CO-、-CH=CH-CO-O-、又は-O-CO-CH=CH-を表す;
     Yは、1価のベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ビフェニル環、フラン環、ピロール環および炭素数5~8の脂環式炭化水素から選ばれる環を表すか、それらの置換基から選ばれる同一又は相異なった2~6の環が結合基Bを介して結合してなる基であり、それらに結合する水素原子はそれぞれ独立に-COOR(式中、Rは水素原子又は炭素数1~5のアルキル基を表す)、-NO、-CN、-CH=C(CN)、-CH=CH-CN、ハロゲン基、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、又は炭素数1~5のアルキルオキシ基で置換されても良い;
     q1とq2は、一方が1で他方が0である;
     lは1~12の整数を表し、m1、m2は1~3の整数を表す;
     Rは、水素原子、-NO、-CN、-CH=C(CN)、-CH=CH-CN、ハロゲン基、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、又は炭素数1~5のアルキルオキシ基を表す)
    からなる群から選ばれるいずれか1種の感光性側鎖を有する、請求項1~8のいずれか一項に記載の組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
     
    (A) component is a following formula (18) or (19)
    (Wherein A and B are each independently a single bond, —O—, —CH 2 —, —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NH—CO—, —CH═CH—CO—O) Represents — or —O—CO—CH═CH—;
    Y 1 represents a ring selected from a monovalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring and alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, or the same or selected from those substituents. 2 to 6 different rings are bonded to each other through a bonding group B, and the hydrogen atoms bonded to them are each independently —COOR 0 (wherein R 0 is a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 5 represents an alkyl group), —NO 2 , —CN, —CH═C (CN) 2 , —CH═CH—CN, a halogen group, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms May be substituted with an alkyloxy group;
    one of q1 and q2 is 1 and the other is 0;
    l represents an integer of 1 to 12, and m1 and m2 represent an integer of 1 to 3;
    R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, —NO 2 , —CN, —CH═C (CN) 2 , —CH═CH—CN, a halogen group, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. Represents an oxy group)
    The composition according to any one of claims 1 to 8, which has any one photosensitive side chain selected from the group consisting of:
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
  15.  (A)成分が、下記式(20)
    (式中、Aは、単結合、-O-、-CH-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-NH-CO-、-CH=CH-CO-O-、又は-O-CO-CH=CH-を表す;
     Yは、1価のベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ビフェニル環、フラン環、ピロール環および炭素数5~8の脂環式炭化水素から選ばれる環を表すか、それらの置換基から選ばれる同一又は相異なった2~6の環が結合基Bを介して結合してなる基であり、それらに結合する水素原子はそれぞれ独立に-COOR(式中、Rは水素原子又は炭素数1~5のアルキル基を表す)、-NO、-CN、-CH=C(CN)、-CH=CH-CN、ハロゲン基、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、又は炭素数1~5のアルキルオキシ基で置換されても良い;
     Xは、単結合、-COO-、-OCO-、-N=N-、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-CH=CH-CO-O-、又は-O-CO-CH=CH-を表し、Xの数が2となるときは、X同士は同一でも異なっていてもよい;
     lは1~12の整数を表し、mは0~2の整数を表す)
    で表される感光性側鎖を有する、請求項1~8のいずれか一項に記載の組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
     
    (A) component is following formula (20)
    Wherein A is a single bond, —O—, —CH 2 —, —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NH—CO—, —CH═CH—CO—O—, or —O Represents —CO—CH═CH—;
    Y 1 represents a ring selected from a monovalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring and alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, or the same or selected from those substituents. 2 to 6 different rings are bonded to each other through a bonding group B, and the hydrogen atoms bonded to them are each independently —COOR 0 (wherein R 0 is a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 5 represents an alkyl group), —NO 2 , —CN, —CH═C (CN) 2 , —CH═CH—CN, a halogen group, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms May be substituted with an alkyloxy group;
    X is a single bond, —COO—, —OCO—, —N═N—, —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —CH═CH—CO—O—, or —O—CO—CH═. When CH is 2 and the number of X is 2, X may be the same or different;
    l represents an integer of 1 to 12, and m represents an integer of 0 to 2)
    The composition according to any one of claims 1 to 8, which has a photosensitive side chain represented by the formula:
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
  16.  (A)成分が、下記式(21)~(31)
    (式中、A及びBは上記と同じ定義を有する;
     Yは、1価のベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ビフェニル環、フラン環、窒素含有複素環、及び炭素数5~8の脂環式炭化水素、および、それらの組み合わせからなる群から選ばれる基であり、それらに結合する水素原子はそれぞれ独立に-NO、-CN、ハロゲン基、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、又は炭素数1~5のアルキルオキシ基で置換されても良い;
     Rは、水素原子、-NO、-CN、-CH=C(CN)、-CH=CH-CN、ハロゲン基、1価のベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ビフェニル環、フラン環、窒素含有複素環、炭素数5~8の脂環式炭化水素、炭素数1~12のアルキル基、又は炭素数1~12のアルコキシ基を表す;
     q1とq2は、一方が1で他方が0である;
     lは1~12の整数を表し、mは0から2の整数を表し、但し、式(23)~(24)において、全てのmの合計は2以上であり、式(25)~(26)において、全てのmの合計は1以上であり、m1、m2およびm3は、それぞれ独立に1~3の整数を表す;
     Rは、水素原子、-NO、-CN、ハロゲン基、1価のベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ビフェニル環、フラン環、窒素含有複素環、及び炭素数5~8の脂環式炭化水素、および、アルキル基、又はアルキルオキシ基を表す;
     Z、Zは単結合、-CO-、-CHO-、-CH=N-、-CF-を表す)
    からなる群から選ばれるいずれか1種の液晶性側鎖を有する、請求項1~15のいずれか一項に記載の組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
     
    The component (A) is represented by the following formulas (21) to (31)
    Wherein A and B have the same definition as above;
    Y 3 is a group selected from the group consisting of a monovalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, nitrogen-containing heterocycle, alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, and combinations thereof. And each hydrogen atom bonded thereto may be independently substituted with —NO 2 , —CN, a halogen group, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkyloxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms;
    R 3 is a hydrogen atom, —NO 2 , —CN, —CH═C (CN) 2 , —CH═CH—CN, halogen group, monovalent benzene ring, naphthalene ring, biphenyl ring, furan ring, nitrogen-containing Represents a heterocyclic ring, an alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms;
    one of q1 and q2 is 1 and the other is 0;
    l represents an integer of 1 to 12, m represents an integer of 0 to 2, provided that in formulas (23) to (24), the sum of all m is 2 or more, and formulas (25) to (26 ), The sum of all m is 1 or more, and m1, m2 and m3 each independently represents an integer of 1 to 3;
    R 2 is a hydrogen atom, —NO 2 , —CN, a halogen group, a monovalent benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, a biphenyl ring, a furan ring, a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring, and an alicyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, And represents an alkyl group or an alkyloxy group;
    Z 1 and Z 2 represent a single bond, —CO—, —CH 2 O—, —CH═N—, —CF 2 —)
    The composition according to any one of claims 1 to 15, which has any one liquid crystalline side chain selected from the group consisting of:
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
  17.  [I] 請求項1~16のいずれか一項に記載の組成物を、横電界駆動用の導電膜を有する基板上に塗布して塗膜を形成する工程;
     [II] [I]で得られた塗膜に偏光した紫外線を照射する工程;及び
     [III] [II]で得られた塗膜を加熱する工程;
    を有することによって配向制御能が付与された横電界駆動型液晶表示素子用液晶配向膜を得る、前記液晶配向膜を有する基板の製造方法。
    [I] A step of applying the composition according to any one of claims 1 to 16 onto a substrate having a conductive film for driving a lateral electric field to form a coating film;
    [II] a step of irradiating the coating film obtained in [I] with polarized ultraviolet rays; and [III] a step of heating the coating film obtained in [II];
    The manufacturing method of the board | substrate which has the said liquid crystal aligning film which obtains the liquid crystal aligning film for horizontal electric field drive type liquid crystal display elements by which orientation control ability was provided by having.
  18.  請求項17記載の方法により製造された横電界駆動型液晶表示素子用液晶配向膜を有する基板。 A substrate having a liquid crystal alignment film for a horizontal electric field drive type liquid crystal display element manufactured by the method according to claim 17.
  19.  請求項18記載の基板を有する、横電界駆動型液晶表示素子。 A lateral electric field drive type liquid crystal display element comprising the substrate according to claim 18.
  20.  請求項18記載の基板(第1の基板)を準備する工程;
     [I’] 第2の基板上に
     (A)所定の温度範囲で液晶性を発現する感光性の側鎖型高分子、
     (B)ヒドロキシアルキル基が少なくとも1つ結合した窒素原子を一分子中に2~6個有する化合物、及び
     (C)有機溶媒
    を含有する重合体組成物を、塗布して塗膜を形成する工程;
     [II’] [I’]で得られた塗膜に偏光した紫外線を照射する工程;及び
     [III’] [II’]で得られた塗膜を加熱する工程;
    を有することによって配向制御能が付与された液晶配向膜を得る、前記液晶配向膜を有する第2の基板を得る工程;及び
     [IV] 液晶を介して前記第1及び第2の基板の液晶配向膜が相対するように、前記第1及び第2の基板を対向配置して液晶表示素子を得る工程;
    を有することにより、横電界駆動型液晶表示素子を得る、該液晶表示素子の製造方法。
    A step of preparing a substrate (first substrate) according to claim 18;
    [I ′] on a second substrate (A) a photosensitive side chain polymer that exhibits liquid crystallinity in a predetermined temperature range;
    (B) A step of applying a polymer composition containing 2 to 6 nitrogen atoms bonded to at least one hydroxyalkyl group in one molecule and (C) an organic solvent to form a coating film ;
    [II ′] a step of irradiating the coating film obtained in [I ′] with polarized ultraviolet rays; and [III ′] a step of heating the coating film obtained in [II ′];
    Obtaining a liquid crystal alignment film imparted with alignment control capability by having a second substrate having the liquid crystal alignment film; and [IV] liquid crystal alignment of the first and second substrates via liquid crystal A step of obtaining a liquid crystal display element by arranging the first and second substrates to face each other so that the films face each other;
    A method for producing a liquid crystal display element, comprising obtaining a lateral electric field drive type liquid crystal display element.
  21.  請求項20記載の方法により製造された横電界駆動型液晶表示素子。 A lateral electric field drive type liquid crystal display device manufactured by the method according to claim 20.
PCT/JP2015/060964 2014-04-09 2015-04-08 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element WO2015156314A1 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2016512754A JP6653648B2 (en) 2014-04-09 2015-04-08 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display device
CN201580018851.1A CN106232733B (en) 2014-04-09 2015-04-08 Aligning agent for liquid crystal, liquid crystal orientation film and liquid crystal indicate element
KR1020167029336A KR102267878B1 (en) 2014-04-09 2015-04-08 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2014080373 2014-04-09
JP2014-080373 2014-04-09

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2015156314A1 true WO2015156314A1 (en) 2015-10-15

Family

ID=54287888

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2015/060964 WO2015156314A1 (en) 2014-04-09 2015-04-08 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6653648B2 (en)
KR (1) KR102267878B1 (en)
CN (1) CN106232733B (en)
TW (1) TWI706028B (en)
WO (1) WO2015156314A1 (en)

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2016118753A (en) * 2014-12-22 2016-06-30 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display device
WO2017135130A1 (en) * 2016-02-01 2017-08-10 日産化学工業株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP2020510235A (en) * 2018-01-10 2020-04-02 エルジー・ケム・リミテッド Liquid crystal alignment composition, method for producing liquid crystal alignment film using the same, and liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display device using the same
WO2020184628A1 (en) * 2019-03-12 2020-09-17 日産化学株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element using same
CN113249130A (en) * 2021-05-17 2021-08-13 Tcl华星光电技术有限公司 Liquid crystal medium composition, display panel and preparation method thereof

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
ES2945471T3 (en) * 2017-11-22 2023-07-03 Lg Energy Solution Ltd Electrolytic non-aqueous solution for a lithium secondary battery, and lithium secondary battery comprising the same
WO2019139332A1 (en) * 2018-01-10 2019-07-18 주식회사 엘지화학 Liquid crystal aligning agent composition, method for manufacturing liquid crystal aligning film using same, liquid crystal aligning film using same, and liquid crystal display device
KR102391473B1 (en) 2019-01-17 2022-04-26 주식회사 엘지화학 Liquid crystal alignment composition, method of preparing liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display using the same

Citations (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2011129414A1 (en) * 2010-04-16 2011-10-20 日産化学工業株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film produced using same, and liquid crystal display element
JP2012042694A (en) * 2010-08-19 2012-03-01 Jnc Corp Diamine, liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal aligned film and liquid crystal display element
JP2013010889A (en) * 2011-06-30 2013-01-17 Jnc Corp Polyamic acid, and liquid crystal orientating agent, liquid crystal oriented film, and liquid crystal display element using the same
WO2013081066A1 (en) * 2011-11-29 2013-06-06 日産化学工業株式会社 Method for manufacturing liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP2013185030A (en) * 2012-03-07 2013-09-19 Fujifilm Corp Compound, liquid crystal composition, polymer material and film
WO2014017497A1 (en) * 2012-07-24 2014-01-30 日産化学工業株式会社 Method for manufacturing liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element, polymer, and liquid crystal aligning agent
WO2014185410A1 (en) * 2013-05-13 2014-11-20 日産化学工業株式会社 Method for producing substrate having liquid crystal orientation membrane for use in in-plane-switching liquid crystal display element
WO2014185412A1 (en) * 2013-05-13 2014-11-20 日産化学工業株式会社 Method for producing substrate having liquid crystal orientation film for in-plane-switching liquid-crystal display element
WO2014185411A1 (en) * 2013-05-13 2014-11-20 日産化学工業株式会社 Method for producing substrate having liquid crystal orientation membrane for use in in-plane-switching liquid crystal display element
WO2015002291A1 (en) * 2013-07-05 2015-01-08 日産化学工業株式会社 Polymer composition and liquid crystal alignment film for in-plane-switching-type liquid crystal display element
WO2015025937A1 (en) * 2013-08-22 2015-02-26 日産化学工業株式会社 Method for manufacturing substrate having liquid crystal alignment film for in-plane-switching-type liquid crystal display element

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP3893659B2 (en) 1996-03-05 2007-03-14 日産化学工業株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment treatment method
CN1809426A (en) * 2003-05-23 2006-07-26 沃克弗里公司 VOC free water reducible coating vehicles
KR100603084B1 (en) * 2004-06-03 2006-07-20 엘에스전선 주식회사 Adhesive composition containing photoreactive polythioether polymer and an adhesive sheet using the same
JP5344416B2 (en) * 2006-03-09 2013-11-20 奥野製薬工業株式会社 Bending resistance improver for self-catalyzed electroless nickel plating solution and self-catalyzed electroless nickel plating solution
JP2007304215A (en) * 2006-05-09 2007-11-22 Hayashi Telempu Co Ltd Photo-alignment material and method for manufacturing optical element and liquid crystal alignment film

Patent Citations (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2011129414A1 (en) * 2010-04-16 2011-10-20 日産化学工業株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film produced using same, and liquid crystal display element
JP2012042694A (en) * 2010-08-19 2012-03-01 Jnc Corp Diamine, liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal aligned film and liquid crystal display element
JP2013010889A (en) * 2011-06-30 2013-01-17 Jnc Corp Polyamic acid, and liquid crystal orientating agent, liquid crystal oriented film, and liquid crystal display element using the same
WO2013081066A1 (en) * 2011-11-29 2013-06-06 日産化学工業株式会社 Method for manufacturing liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP2013185030A (en) * 2012-03-07 2013-09-19 Fujifilm Corp Compound, liquid crystal composition, polymer material and film
WO2014017497A1 (en) * 2012-07-24 2014-01-30 日産化学工業株式会社 Method for manufacturing liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element, polymer, and liquid crystal aligning agent
WO2014185410A1 (en) * 2013-05-13 2014-11-20 日産化学工業株式会社 Method for producing substrate having liquid crystal orientation membrane for use in in-plane-switching liquid crystal display element
WO2014185412A1 (en) * 2013-05-13 2014-11-20 日産化学工業株式会社 Method for producing substrate having liquid crystal orientation film for in-plane-switching liquid-crystal display element
WO2014185411A1 (en) * 2013-05-13 2014-11-20 日産化学工業株式会社 Method for producing substrate having liquid crystal orientation membrane for use in in-plane-switching liquid crystal display element
WO2015002291A1 (en) * 2013-07-05 2015-01-08 日産化学工業株式会社 Polymer composition and liquid crystal alignment film for in-plane-switching-type liquid crystal display element
WO2015025937A1 (en) * 2013-08-22 2015-02-26 日産化学工業株式会社 Method for manufacturing substrate having liquid crystal alignment film for in-plane-switching-type liquid crystal display element

Cited By (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2016118753A (en) * 2014-12-22 2016-06-30 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display device
JP7046310B2 (en) 2016-02-01 2022-04-04 日産化学株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element
CN108603036A (en) * 2016-02-01 2018-09-28 日产化学株式会社 Aligning agent for liquid crystal, liquid crystal orientation film and liquid crystal indicate element
JPWO2017135130A1 (en) * 2016-02-01 2018-12-20 日産化学株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
WO2017135130A1 (en) * 2016-02-01 2017-08-10 日産化学工業株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP2020510235A (en) * 2018-01-10 2020-04-02 エルジー・ケム・リミテッド Liquid crystal alignment composition, method for producing liquid crystal alignment film using the same, and liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display device using the same
US11592713B2 (en) 2018-01-10 2023-02-28 Lg Chem, Ltd. Liquid crystal aligning agent composition, method for preparing liquid crystal alignment film using same, and liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display device using same
WO2020184628A1 (en) * 2019-03-12 2020-09-17 日産化学株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element using same
JPWO2020184628A1 (en) * 2019-03-12 2020-09-17
CN113557471A (en) * 2019-03-12 2021-10-26 日产化学株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element using same
JP7417205B2 (en) 2019-03-12 2024-01-18 日産化学株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element using the same
CN113249130A (en) * 2021-05-17 2021-08-13 Tcl华星光电技术有限公司 Liquid crystal medium composition, display panel and preparation method thereof
CN113249130B (en) * 2021-05-17 2023-06-02 Tcl华星光电技术有限公司 Liquid crystal medium composition, display panel and preparation method thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TWI706028B (en) 2020-10-01
TW201606056A (en) 2016-02-16
JPWO2015156314A1 (en) 2017-04-13
CN106232733A (en) 2016-12-14
KR20170002391A (en) 2017-01-06
KR102267878B1 (en) 2021-06-21
JP6653648B2 (en) 2020-02-26
CN106232733B (en) 2018-12-18

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP2019023744A (en) Method for manufacturing substrate having liquid crystal alignment film for in-plane switching type liquid crystal display element
JP6653648B2 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display device
JP6618043B2 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
KR102258545B1 (en) Method for manufacturing in-plane-switching-type liquid-crystal display element
JP6523169B2 (en) Polymer, polymer composition and liquid crystal alignment film for horizontal electric field drive type liquid crystal display device
JPWO2015002291A1 (en) Polymer composition and liquid crystal alignment film for lateral electric field drive type liquid crystal display device
WO2017199986A1 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element
WO2015199052A1 (en) Polymer composition and liquid crystal alignment film for transverse electric field driving liquid crystal display element
JP2015007702A (en) Method for manufacturing substrate having liquid crystal alignment layer for in-plane switching type liquid crystal display element
JPWO2017018501A1 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
WO2017170681A1 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
WO2014196590A1 (en) Method for producing substrate having liquid crystal alignment film for in-plane switching liquid crystal display elements
JP6510975B2 (en) Method of manufacturing substrate having liquid crystal alignment film for transverse electric field drive type liquid crystal display device
JP6872315B2 (en) Liquid crystal alignment film for polymer composition and transverse electric field drive type liquid crystal display element
JP6571524B2 (en) Manufacturing method of substrate having liquid crystal alignment film for lateral electric field driving type liquid crystal display element
JPWO2016186190A1 (en) Polymer composition, liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, substrate having the liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element having the liquid crystal alignment film
JP2016103011A (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display device
WO2014196589A1 (en) Method for producing substrate having liquid crystal alignment film for in-plane switching liquid crystal display elements
WO2017135130A1 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP6738036B2 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal aligning film and liquid crystal display device
WO2016021570A1 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
WO2014192922A1 (en) Production method for substrate provided with liquid crystal alignment film for horizontal electric field-driven liquid crystal display element
JP2017142453A (en) Method for manufacturing liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display
WO2014185413A1 (en) Method for producing substrate having liquid crystal orientation film for in-plane-switching liquid-crystal display element
JP2018109788A (en) Method for manufacturing substrate having liquid crystal orientation film for lateral electric field-driven liquid crystal display element

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 15776550

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2016512754

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20167029336

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 15776550

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1